Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For March 21, 2012

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED

 

Akruti Softech Park , MIDC Cross Road No 21,
Andheri (E) , Mumbai - 400 093, India

(Exact name of registrant and address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F x        Form 40-F o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes o        No x

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file under assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

“This Form 6-K contains our Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the Notice of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders dated January 25, 2012, and the Form of Voting Card, each of which has been mailed to holders of our Equity Shares. Also included in this Form 6-K is the Depositary’s Notice of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders and the Form of Proxy Card, each of which have been mailed to holders of American Depositary Shares. The information contained in this Form 6-K shall not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing”.

 



Table of Contents

 

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LTD.  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2011

 

 



Table of Contents

 

  Contents

 

Integration Story

 

01

Key Performance Indicators: 2006-11

 

03

Letter to the Shareholders

 

04

Executive Committee

 

06

Board of Directors

 

07

Directors’ Report

 

08

Corporate Governance Report

 

16

Standalone Financials under Indian GAAP

 

33

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financials under Indian GAAP

 

81

Consolidated Financials under Indian GAAP

 

89

Risk Management

 

129

Patni World-wide

 

132

Corporate Information

 

134

 



Table of Contents

 

  Integration Story

 

 

A journey of a thousand miles began in January 2011 with a single step — the Integration. A year later, we take pride in the effective manner in which we have achieved the smooth and seamless integration of iGATE and Patni.

 

The success of our integration can be attributed to our unique, top down approach. Instead of a process that identified and chose the best from both entities, we led the way by driving the integration under the banner of a futuristic vision and mission for the combined organization, which served as the motivational force.

 

Customer First

 

Customers and Markets (C&M) is the most important activity by which integration specialists assess an integration and transformation as either a ‘success’ or ‘failure’. As the leadership team initiated the integration exercise by defining the vision, mission, values and the strategic issues of running the combined entity, a special task force simultaneously managed the practical details of customer service, daily sales operations and pipeline protects.

 

Key resources from both sides were identified and paired for a two-in-a-box approach, working closely with the Executive Committee for quick escalation and decision-making. This method proved highly successful as the C&M team executed a comprehensive program that included customer communication, unified account governance, detailed market analysis and field sales support.

 

Customer communication and relationship management was an integration priority with a focus on account stability and growth, program follow-through and executive leadership outreach. As a best practice, we over communicated with all stakeholders to ensure transparency and gain trust.

 

Identifying performers and creating a strong combined sales force which is aligned to the value proposition of the new combine through a well-equipped knowledge portal was given prime importance. It helped provide dedicated, optimized support for better RFP responses, adding value to our customers and the sales process.

 

Uninterrupted Show

 

Another key imperative was to instill the 22,000+ delivery professionals with the vision of the new company while managing the ongoing business. It needed to be accomplished skillfully, ensuring that there was no disruption to existing customer delivery and, in fact, exceeding customer expectations.

 

We utilized a blueprint for driving the execution with seven key objectives, including building trust and relationship with customers, strengthening the partner ecosystem, developing iTOPS and outcome-based opportunities, investing in innovation and establishing common process norms for the combine.

 

The PMO team was diligent in ensuring that the 250+ actions identified were consistently acted upon, risks were monitored and mitigated, and the leadership governance was focused on key deliverables. The teamwork demonstrated for this high level of delivery excellence was a key success factor.

 

Money Matters

 

The integration of the finance operation was critical to all aspects of the business; namely, deal structures, investor relations, vendor management and employee welfare. The top priority for the team was to create an experience of ‘one organization’ for the critical stakeholders of the combine. This was achieved

 

1



Table of Contents

 

through a synchrony of global finance teams providing a non-disruptive experience where the participants felt little or no change during the transition. Throughout, we leveraged new talents, diversity, and domain experience, meeting statutory and other important milestones along the way. Even though the Patni acquisition was one of the largest leveraged buyout deals in the IT services sector, significant cost savings were achieved through derived synergies, streamlined processes and consolidations.

 

One-Tech Take

 

The IT group was keenly aware of the pivotal role it had to play to bring the two organizations together under common platforms and processes. IT systems were to be one of the first integration touch points that employees would have experienced. Their priorities included building a common IT backbone, installing a world-class telepresence system for internal communications, and improving the social networking and collaboration platforms.

 

To manage the combined business more effectively, PeopleSoft 9 was made the new choice, supported by business intelligence and master data management resources. This helped create a consolidated view of human resource and other systems. Investment in advanced tools and processes at this stage is envisaged to yield further efficiency and faster growth for the business.

 

New Brand Speak

 

The Brand team’s task was to translate the merits and value of the combined parts into a common brand. The new brand identity had to come alive through a multitude of touch points. Along with aiding recall, we needed to ensure that the equity of positive synergies is communicated to all stakeholders.

 

The biggest challenge was to communicate the meaning of the two forces coming together. We found our answer in the power of multiplication of the talent and opportunities, and not in mere addition of these attributes. We relentlessly used a plethora of communication channels to reach out with our messages to stakeholders across both companies.

 

One World

 

The success of any integration hinges on the effective integration of people, processes and culture. The top leadership team gave strategic weightage to this aspect of integration by dedicating ample time and resources to it.

 

iGATE Patni quickly integrated business units and sales teams through right role allocations, harmonizing 72 people practices and processes. The company also communicated the strategic intent and vision of the integration and its benefits to employees through many focused and large scale interactive forums. While ensuring that the people integration happened at a rapid pace, adequate care was also taken to ensure that ongoing operations were not hampered as a result.

 

A notable outcome of the cultural assimilation has been the emergence of a new-generation work culture in the form of openness and transparency coupled with an entrepreneurial style of leadership, which is non-hierarchical and rewards individual achievement and spontaneity. The new culture has helped to highlight the significance of innovation in day-to-day work and its impact in enriching the role of every employee in the company.

 

Miles to Go

 

The biggest reward for an achievement is the achievement itself! Today, even as we look back at the integration exercise, each employee of iGATE Patni stands proud to have been part of one of the historic initiatives of our career.

 

It is a journey that has just begun and as we reach our first station, we are pleased with what has been accomplished and look forward to the many exciting challenges ahead.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

  Key Performance Indicators: 2006-11

 

 


*

Excluding additional provision for prior years’ tax review by IRS and review by Department of Labor of Patni’s US operations; leading to an increase in gross profit and operating income by approximately US$ 7.0 million, and decrease in net income by US$ 19.9 million, as compared to the reported numbers.

 

 

**

Excluding reversal for prior years’ tax review by IRS of Patni US operations; leading to a decrease in gross profit and operating income by approx US$ 2.7 million, and decrease in net income by US$ 18.2 million, as compared to the reported numbers.

 

 

***

Excluding reversal for prior years’ tax review by IRS of Patni US operations and reversal of tax positions for Patni India operations; leading to a decrease in gross profit and operating income by approx US$ 1.2 million, and a decrease in net income by US$ 22.01 million, as compared to the reported numbers.

 

 

****

Excluding reversal for prior years’ tax position of Patni US operations leading to a decrease in net income by US$ 7.4 million, as compared to the reported numbers.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

  Letter to the Shareholders

 

 

Phaneesh Murthy

Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

 

Dear Shareholders,

 

2011 has been an eventful and a milestone year for Patni. With a change in guard of the promoters on account of its acquisition by iGATE Corp and a successful integration thereafter with iGATE, opportunities for Patni’s growth have found new vistas with a potential to differentiate based on innovation-led forward looking business models.

 

Acquisition and Integration

 

With the acquisition of Patni, we were able to immediately allay uncertainties about the company that existed amongst employees, customers and investors. On the integration front, I am particularly pleased with the smoothness which the two companies came together. While both the organizations had their dissimilarities in terms of culture, business models and market approach, we used those as an advantage and ended up creating a whole new brand that best represents the synergistic merit of both. Brand iGATE Patni now engages with Global Fortune 1000 companies to partner with them and deliver core Business Outcomes. As a visible metric, Patni’s gross margins and Adjusted EBITDA have shored up significantly over the last two quarters of 2011 confirming our successful integration efforts. Furthermore, with the shareholder and stakeholder value thoroughly preserved, our integration exercise is now referred to as an exemplary program in the M&A space within and outside the industry.

 

Customers and Markets

 

I am delighted to say that we were able to efficiently protect and grow Patni’s revenues without losing any customer due to our integration. On the other hand, several existing customers of Patni have shown keen interest to add to the existing Time and Material based work and engage with us on high impact Business Outcomes. Our focus will be to engage with Global Fortune 1000 companies mainly in Banking, Insurance, Healthcare, Manufacturing and Retail verticals. Apart from these, we will also focus on Media, Entertainment, Leisure and Travel along with Communication and Utilities as other target industries. Product Engineering Services will continue to be a high impact focus area for us, while Europe, Middle and India will be among the geographies that we expect greater growth from.

 

Organizational Excellence

 

As one of the merits of the integration, we were able to implement best practices in Quality processes across the two organizations. Some of the improvement initiatives that were introduced in Patni include “Small Steps” - a Kaizen based initiative to drive small improvements at project level and “Giant Leap” - a program level initiative to focus on big improvements that bring in tangible benefits.

 

Confirming to our quality standards, Patni was re-assessed at Level 5 against CMMI Version 1.2. CMMI Maturity Level 5 is the highest rating an organization can achieve and is indicative of process implementation that improves quality and provides predictable process performance.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Patni’s paper on ‘Achieving business excellence through high maturity practices’ got accepted to be presented in the International Software Engineering Conference.

 

Talent Capital

 

I have firmly articulated that one of the key assets that we have gained as a result of the acquisition is the talent capital in Patni. While we carried out our integration across phases in the year, we ensured that we initiated an Egalitarian work culture at Patni where employees are encouraged to disagree and innovate in their respective streams of expertise. As an organization, we have been cautious not to be paternalistic and have hence adopted an adult-to-adult engagement model with our employees. We have also initiated a focused ‘fun at work’ initiative across the organization with an intent of creating employee pods of common interests and talent beyond work, and in the process, make our workplaces more exciting to be in.

 

We have introduced a set of five values - Citizenship, Innovation, Respect, Passion and Excellence - that defines the approach we take as we continue to delight our customers and shareholders. We are glad that Patni’s employee attrition has decreased significantly to well under 20% confirming to our best-in-class people practices. Our employee engagement programs are now focused to distill our market value proposition and our newly crafted values to all employees.

 

Awards and Accolades

 

I am pleased that our integration efforts were well complemented with achievements that were duly recognized across several areas:

 

·

Patni was ranked the No. 1 Healthcare R&D Service Provider in Global R&D Service Providers Rating, by Zinnov Management Consulting.

 

 

·

Zinnov Management Consulting also ranked Patni in the Leadership Zone for Overall Leading R&D Service Providers, Automotive and Computer Peripherals & Storage in its Global R&D Service Providers Rating.

 

 

·

Everest Group named us as a “Major Contender” in Finance and Accounting in its FAO Research Report 2011.

 

 

·

CHCS Services Inc., a unit of Patni that offers health and life administration services, was honored with the “Case in Point Platinum Award” for overall case management excellence across the healthcare spectrum.

 

 

·

Patni was awarded the Advanced Solutions Partner status with TIA Technology, the Copenhagen-based world leader in integrated, leading-edge standard software solutions for the global insurance industry.

 

New Vision and Outlook for the Future

 

To deliver increased value to our stakeholders, we have crafted a new vision “to change the rules of the game and deliver high-impact outcomes in a new technology enabled world.” We would now like to continue the good work beyond the integration and ensure that the company delivers increased value to all its stakeholders. We will continue to focus on outcomes based engagements and in the journey, earning respect as one of the top three employers in all the talent markets we operate.

 

With Patni’s scale of operations and micro-vertical focus meeting the innovative Business Outcomes-based positioning as the result of a successful integration, we now have the foundation to build a special and an exciting company that wins the admiration of peers and competition alike and that bodes for an exciting future.

 

 

/s/ Phaneesh Murthy

 

Phaneesh Murthy

 

23 Feb, 2012

 

Mumbai

 

 

5



Table of Contents

 

  Executive Committee

 

 

6



Table of Contents

 

  Board of Directors

 

 

7



Table of Contents

 

  Directors’ Report

 

To,

 

The Members,

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED

 

Your Directors have pleasure in presenting their Thirty fourth Annual Report together with Audited statements of Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

Financial Results

 

 

 

31 Dec 2011
(
 in million)

 

31 Dec 2010
(
 in million)

 

Sales

 

21,517

 

18,913

 

Resulting in Profit Before Tax

 

5,940

 

7,155

 

Profit After Tax

 

4,998

 

6,551

 

Profit available for appropriation after adding to it Previous Year’s Brought Forward

 

21,167

 

26,441

 

Appropriated as under:

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment on account of employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to General Reserve

 

 

655

 

Final Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares @ Nil (Previous Year 150%)

 

 

2

 

Special Interim Dividend on Equity Shares @ Nil (Previous Year 3150%)

 

 

8,244

 

Corporate Tax on above Dividend

 

 

1,370

 

Balance Carried to Balance Sheet

 

21,167

 

16,170

 

 

Business Performance

 

The performance of your Company during the year under report has shown improvement over the previous year. Total revenue for the year ended 31 December 2011 amounted to  21,517 million as against  18,913 million for the corresponding period last year, registering a growth of about 14%. The Company has posted the Net Profits after tax to  4,998 million as compared to  6,551 million for the corresponding period last year, registering a decline of about 24% for the year ended 31 December 2011. Even on consolidated basis, revenues were increased in the current year 2011 by 12% to  35,679 million from  31,881 million in 2010.The net income decreased by 36%.

 

Dividend

 

With a view to conserve the resources for the proposed facility and infrastructure expansion, your Directors do not recommend any dividend for the year 2011.

 

Business Overview

 

Your Company is a worldwide outsourcing provider of integrated end-to-end offshore centric information technology (“IT”) and IT-enabled operations solutions and services. The Company delivers a comprehensive range of IT services through globally integrated onsite and offshore delivery locations primarily in India. Your Company offers its services to customers through industry focused practices, including insurance and healthcare (“IHC”), manufacturing, retail and logistics (“MRDL”), banking and financial services (“BFS”), communications and utilities (“CEU”), and media and entertainment (“MELT”) and through technology focused practices. IT services include application development, application maintenance and support, verification and validation, enterprise application solutions, business intelligence and data warehousing (“BI & DW”), packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, quality assurance services and product engineering services. IT-enabled services include business process outsourcing (“BPO”), transaction processing services and customer interaction services (“CIS”).

 

On 12 May 2011, iGATE through its wholly owned subsidiaries acquired 82.4% of the outstanding shares of the Company. The acquisition by iGATE combined two highly recognized IT services and outsourcing companies with complementary industry verticals for the purpose of facilitating sustained long-term growth and to strengthen their competitive position as a top-tier company in the highly-fragmented global IT industry. iGATE’s strategy is to utilize your Company’s expanded pool of talent, diverse expertise across multiple verticals, higher level of strategic end-to-end service offerings and established management team to enable iGATE in offering differentiated solution sets in developing and maintaining long-term client relationships with a diversified client basis that spans different industry verticals.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Post acquisition, the internal management of the consolidated entities — iGATE and Patni were restructured such that there were primarily two major segments in the consolidated company — (i) iGATE Corporation (and its subsidiaries other than Patni) and; (ii) Patni. The internal restructuring also included a restructuring of the Board of Directors of your Company.

 

Your Company offers services in an integrated manner to customers who belong to different industry verticals namely insurance and healthcare, manufacturing, retail and logistics, banking and financial services, communications and utilities, and media and entertainment. Your Company’s operations are located in twenty seven countries.

 

Through a blended strategy of “offerings tailored to customers’ and market needs” referred to as “outside-in approach” for problem-solving, experimenting and innovating business and technology platforms, your Company achieves results efficiently through rapid improvement and automation, resulting in reduced cycle times and costs over a period of time. Accountability for results towards aligned goals requires your Company to continuously measure its progress against the goals, thus enabling it to deliver significant benefits to its customers along with a lower risk profile.

 

Your Company has a track record of successfully developing and managing large, long-term client relationships with some of the world’s largest and best known companies. As of 31 December 2011, your Company’s customer base was 280 clients. Several of the Company’s key executives are located in its client geographies to better develop and maintain client relationships at senior levels. Repeat business accounted for 98.6%, 94.6% and 94.0% of your Company’s revenues in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Your Company’s revenues have grown from $655.9 million in 2009 to $759.3 million in 2011, representing a CAGR of 7.6%. As of 31 December 2011, your Company’s total number of employees were around 18,000. Your Company has invested in new high-tech facilities, which it refers to as “knowledge parks”, designed for expanding our operations and training our employees. Your Company has 130 sales and marketing personnel supported by dedicated industry specialists in 25 sales offices around the globe, including North America, Europe, Japan and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region.

 

Global Delivery Model

 

Global demand for high quality, lower cost IT and IT-enabled services has created a significant opportunity for your Company, which it uses to successfully leverage the benefits of, and address the challenges in using, an offshore talent pool. Your Company’s effective use of offshore personnel offers a variety of benefits, including lower costs, faster delivery of new IT solutions and innovations in vertical solutions, processes and technologies.

 

Your Company has adopted a global delivery model for providing services to its clients. Your Company’s global delivery model includes on-site and offshore teams. Your Company has offshore development centers located in Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Noida, Mumbai, Pune and Gandhinagar in India and has global development centers located in Australia, Mexico, Canada, the United States, China, Singapore and India. The centers can deliver both onsite and offshore services, depending on client location and preferences.

 

IT services that your Company delivers using its offshore centers include software application development and maintenance, implementation and support of enterprise applications, package evaluation and implementation, re-engineering, data warehousing, business intelligence, analytics, data management and integration, software testing and IT infrastructure management services. Your Company believes that it delivers high quality solutions to its clients at substantial savings by using its global pool of highly talented people.

 

IT-enabled operations offshore outsourcing solutions and services that your Company offers include BPO, transaction processing services and call center services. BPO services are offered to clients that are looking to achieve converged IT and BPO solutions. The transaction processing services offered are focused on the mortgage banking, financial services, insurance and capital market industries, except for the delivery of finance and accounting functions such as accounts payable which can be performed for clients across all industries. The call center services are offered to clients in several industries and are not industry specific.

 

Industry Practices, Technology Practices and IT Services

 

Your Company offers its services to customers through industry practices in insurance and healthcare, manufacturing, retail and logistics, banking and financial services, communications and utilities, and media and entertainment. Your Company also has technology practices that offer services in product engineering and product design. Your Company’s industry practices and technology practices are complemented by its IT services, which it develops in response to client requirements and technology life cycles. The Company’s service lines include application development, application maintenance and support, verification and validation, enterprise application solutions, business intelligence and data warehousing, customer interaction services and BPO, infrastructure management services and quality assurance services.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Your Company’s sales teams use a multi pronged approach to market our services. They target certain industries and service lines through focused sales executives, geographies through regional sales executives and large clients through dedicated account managers. Your Company has aligned a majority of its sales and marketing teams to focus on specific industries and geographies. In addition to its sales executives, Your Company has industry experts and solution architects who complement its sales efforts by providing specific industry and service line expertise.

 

Your Company’s senior management and dedicated account managers are actively involved in managing client relationships and business development through targeted interaction

 

9



Table of Contents

 

with multiple contacts throughout its clients’ organizations. Your Company aims to develop its client relationships into partnerships by working closely with its clients’ managers and senior executives to formulate and execute an offshore outsourcing strategy, implement engagement models that suit their particular challenges and explore new service lines.

 

Your Company undertakes detailed periodic reviews to identify existing and prospective clients that it believes can develop into large, strategic clients. Your Company intends to focus on adding more strategic accounts, which it defines as those who provide $5.0 million or more in annual revenues or those with whom it believes it has the potential to achieve such annual revenue amounts over a 24 to 30 month period. For each strategic client, a senior executive is identified and charged with managing the overall client relationship and leading periodic reviews with the client.

 

Your Company has 25 sales offices across North America, Europe, Japan and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region and 130 sales and marketing personnel who are supported by dedicated industry specialists. Your Company sets targets for its sales personnel at the beginning of each year, which are subject to periodic reviews. In addition to a base salary, the Company’s compensation package for sales personnel includes an incentive based compensation plan driven by achievement of the prescribed sales targets.

 

Human Resources

 

Your Company strongly believes that it ability to maintain and continue its growth depends to a large extent on its strength in attracting, developing, motivating and retaining the talent. Your Company operates in seven major cities in India, which enables it to recruit technology professionals from different parts of the country. The key elements of your Company’s human resource management strategy include Talent Acquisition, learning and development, rewards and retention.

 

None of your Company’s employees are represented by a union.

 

Your Company employed around 18,000, 17,600 and 14,000 employees as of 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Out of 18,000 employees, around 17,000 were software professionals as of 31 December 2011. Of these software professionals, around 3,000 employees were categorized as onsite and 14,000 as offshore. The geographic breakdown for your Company’s employees as of 31 December 2011 was as follows:

 

Geography

 

Number of Employees
(rounded off)

 

India

 

14,900

 

North America

 

2,500

 

Rest of the World

 

600

 

Total

 

18,000

 

 

Centers of Excellence

 

Your Company is developing internal “centers of excellence” to create expertise in emerging technologies. Your Company is working on centers of excellence that focus on next generation technologies which includes Web 2.0 and Web 3.0 specification, mobility solutions for ease of access to application, Anywhere secured access to data and in areas of Business Intelligence. Your Company partners with leading technology vendors such as Microsoft, HP, IBM and Oracle to implement these technologies.

 

Facility Expansion

 

A key component of your Company’s global delivery model is the telecommunication linkages between client sites and its sites and between its distributed sites in India. Your Company has designed a global network architecture which provides client connectivity, offshore development center connectivity and internet connectivity. This network provides seamless access and uses high availability networks and advanced routing protocols for redundancy and availability. Although your Company relies on third parties, such as telecommunications providers and internet service providers to provide such services, your Company ensures that it has multiple service providers using multiple routes and media to attain high levels of redundancy, availability and performance. Your Company has dedicated teams to monitor the operations of its network operations 24 hours a day and seven days a week. Your Company uses encryption techniques for confidentiality of data as required.

 

Your Company’s principal executive offices are located at Mumbai, India. Your Company’s North American headquarters are located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. These facilities are used primarily for management functions and support functions such as sales, marketing and general administration.

 

Your Company has state-of-the-art facilities in nine locations in India where its technical staff is located and which serve as its primary delivery centers. Your Company also has imaging centers and distribution centers in the United States and in the United Kingdom for handling the digital processing of documents.

 

Your Company currently has capacity for approximately 17,000 professionals at these facilities. As of 31 December 2011, your Company had used approximately 83% of its existing office space in its operations.

 

Most of your Company’s global branch offices located outside of India are used for sales and marketing.

 

Your Company has 25 sales and marketing offices located in the U.S.A, Canada, India, Australia, China, Japan, Singapore, Malaysia, Germany, Mexico, Czech Republic, Indonesia, Sweden, Switzerland, Belgium, the Netherlands, the U.K, Finland, U.A.E., South Korea, South Africa, Turkey, Italy, Ireland and Romania.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Your Company operates through its facilities located in various parts of India. In the recent past your Company has acquired facilities to support its growth. In keeping with its plans for expansion, your Company has constructed new facilities in India, which includes three knowledge parks in Chennai, Navi Mumbai and Noida. These knowledge parks have state-of-the-art infrastructure with extensive workspace and training facilities and a modular design for ease of segregation of dedicated projects with the ability to provide scale and service to clients from one location.

 

Your Company’s Noida Knowledge Park was awarded the prestigious LEED Platinum (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) rating jointly by the U.S Green Building Council and the Indian Green Building Council for the Company’s Green IT-BPO Centre. This makes your Company’s Knowledge Park the second largest Platinum rated building in the world, and the largest Platinum rated building outside the United States.

 

Phase I of the Navi Mumbai facility, with a capacity of 4,300 seats, is complete and occupied. Phase I of the Chennai facility, with a capacity of 1,200 seats, is complete and partially occupied. Construction of the Noida SEZ facility with capacity to accommodate 3,300 seats is completed and is partially occupied. The Navi Mumbai, Chennai and Noida facilities are expected to accommodate up to 14,000, 10,000 and 3,300 engineers, respectively when fully completed.

 

In continuation of its policy to have its own campus operations, your Company has acquired land in Pune, Hyderabad and Kolkata in addition to its campuses in Mumbai, Chennai and Noida. These facilities when fully built, are expected to have a seating capacity for approximately 25,000 professionals.

 

As of 31 December 2011, your Company had spent approximately $ 101.3 million on the knowledge parks.

 

Your Company announced a Capital outlay of $120 million over a period of three years, of which $102 million relates to building a residential training facility in Pune along with a 5,000 member capacity delivery center and campus expansion in Mumbai.

 

Quality and Project Management

 

While quality always has been an integral part of your Company’s operations, your Company became formally certified and assessed for quality models in 1995. Your Company started with ISO 9000-1994, underwent SEI-CMM level 4 and 5 assessments and as of today is ISO 9001-2000 certified and are assessed for P-CMM Level 3 and SEI-CMMi Level 5. In the last year, your Company also got reassessed for CMMI Level 5 against version 1.2. ISO 9001 is an international standard for quality management systems maintained by the International Organization for Standardization. The Capability Maturity Model (CMM) is a method for evaluating the quality of a company’s management and software engineering practices, with Level 5 being the highest attainable certification. The CMM was developed by the Software Engineering Institute (SEI) at Carnegie Mellon University. The Software Engineering Institute subsequently released a revised version known as the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMi). Your Company has been using the Six Sigma Program to implement process changes including the above. Your Company continuously strives to better its quality management system with the help of industry best practices and research findings. Your Company’s quality management system involves the review and continuous improvement of software development and related processes, testing of work products and regular internal and external quality audits. Your Company applies sophisticated project management and solution deployment methodologies that it has developed to help ensure timely, consistent and accurate delivery of IT solutions to its clients.

 

In 2011, your Company has received the following recognitions:

 

·                       iGATE Patni won the ‘Golden Peacock’ National Quality Award — 2011

 

·                       iGATE Patni’s IT and Business Enabling functions in Bangalore were successfully appraised and rated at People CMM® maturity level 5.

 

·                       iGATE Patni’s Employee Engagement initiative ‘Thank God It’s Monday’ entered the Limca Book of Records for running a corporate music show every Monday, for five consecutive years.

 

Patni ESOP 2003 (Revised 2009)

 

Your Company had introduced the Employees Stock Option Plan known as ‘Patni ESOP 2003’. The Plan is being administered by the Compensation and Remuneration Committee of Directors constituted as per SEBI Guidelines. The details of Options granted under the Plan are given in the Annexure to this Report.

 

Subsidiary Companies

 

The Company has wholly owned subsidiaries viz. Patni Americas, Inc., Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited, Patni Computer Systems GmbH, PCS Computer Systems Mexico, SA de CV and Patni (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

 

Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc. and CHCS Services Inc. are the subsidiaries of Patni Americas, Inc., one of the Company’s main subsidiaries.

 

Patni Telecom Solutions (P) Limited and Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited are subsidiaries of Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc. 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o. is the subsidiary of Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited.

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc, Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co.Ltd., Patni Computer Systems (Dalian) Co, Ltd. and Patni Computer Systems Indonesia are owned through Patni (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., one of the Company’s main subsidiaries.

 

In view of the above and by virtue of Section 4 of the Companies Act, 1956 the Company has following subsidiaries (Collectively to be referred as “Subsidiary Companies”) i)

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Patni Americas, Inc.; ii) Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited; iii) Patni Computer Systems GmbH; iv) PCS Computer Systems Mexico, SA de CV; v) Patni (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.; vi) Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc.; vii) CHCS Services Inc.; viii) Patni Telecom Solutions (P) Limited; ix) Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited; x) Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o.; xi) Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc.; xii) Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.; xiii) Patni Computer Systems (Dalian) Co., Ltd.; and xiv) Patni Computer Systems Indonesia.

 

The Company has been granted a general exemption for the year ended 31 December 2011 by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs from attaching to its Balance Sheet, the individual Annual Reports of each of its Subsidiary Companies. A statement containing brief financial details of the Company’s subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2011 is included in the Annual Report. The annual accounts of Subsidiary Companies and the related detailed information will be made available to any member of the Company / its Subsidiary Companies seeking such information at any point of time and are also available for inspection by any member of the Company / its Subsidiary Companies at the Registered Office of the Company.

 

Reconstitution of the Board

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act, 1956 and Articles of Association of the Company, Mr. Shashank Singh and Mr. Göran Lindahl are liable to retire and eligible for reappointment in the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

 

Corporate Developments

 

Your Company had received a letter dated 11 November 2011 from Pan - Asia iGATE Solutions and iGATE Global Solutions Limited (Collectively “the Promoters”), expressing their intention to initiate the process to acquire the Shares held by the public shareholders of the Company by providing an exit opportunity in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009 (as amended) (“Delisting Regulations”), and all other applicable regulations in order to voluntarily delist the Company’s Shares from the Indian Stock Exchanges and the American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) from the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (“Delisting Proposal”).

 

On 16 November 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company had granted its approval to the said Delisting Proposal and sought the approval of the shareholders of the Company through postal ballot in terms of the Delisting Regulations after complying with the SEBI and the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission requirements, if any.

 

Your Company, vide Postal Ballot Notice dated 5 December 2011, had sought the consent of its Members to a delisting proposal received from the Promoters to voluntarily delist the equity shares of the Company from the Indian Stock Exchanges and ADSs from NYSE, USA. Special Resolution contained in the said Postal Ballot Notice was duly passed by the requisite majority as required under the Companies Act, 1956 and Delisting Regulations. The Promoters may make a public announcement of a Delisting offer in accordance with the Delisting Regulations within a period of one year from the date of the above-mentioned special resolution.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Your Company follows the principles of the effective corporate governance practices. The Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement deals with the Corporate Governance requirements with which every publicly listed Company is required to comply with. The Company has taken steps to comply with the requirements of revised Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchanges.

 

A separate section on Corporate Governance forming part of the Directors’ Report and certificate from the Company’s Auditors confirming the compliance of conditions on Corporate Governance as stipulated in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement is included in the Annual Report.

 

Particulars of Employees

 

Particulars of employees as required under the provisions of Section 217 (2A) of the Companies Act, 1956 read with the Companies (Particulars of Employees) Rules, 1975, as amended, forms part of this Report. However, in pursuance of Section 219(1)(b)(iv) of the Companies Act, 1956, this Report is sent to all the Members of the Company excluding the aforesaid information and the said particulars are made available at the registered office of the Company. The members desirous of obtaining such particulars may write to the Company Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

Fixed Deposits

 

Your Company has not accepted any fixed deposits from the public. As such, no amount of principal or interest is outstanding as of the balance sheet date.

 

Auditors

 

M/s. S.R. Batliboi & Associates, Chartered Accountants, the present statutory auditors of the Company holds office until the conclusion of the ensuing Annual General Meeting. M/s. S.R. Batliboi & Associates, under Section 224(1) of the Companies Act, 1956, have furnished the certificate of their eligibility for appointment.

 

Directors’ Responsibility Statement

 

Pursuant to Section 217(2AA) of the Companies Act, 1956, the Directors, based on the representation received from the Operating Management, confirm that:-

 

(a)          in the preparation of the annual accounts, the accounting standards have been followed and that there is no material departure;

 

12



Table of Contents

 

(b)         they, in selection of accounting policies, have consulted the Statutory Auditors and have applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at 31 December 2011 and the Profit of the Company for the period 1 January 2011 to 31 December 2011;

 

(c)          they have taken proper and sufficient care, to their best of knowledge and ability, for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities; and

 

(d)         they have prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis.

 

Conservation of Energy, Technology Absorption and Foreign Exchange Earnings/Outgo:

 

A)           Conservation of Energy

 

Your Company consumes electricity mainly for the operation of its computers. Though the consumption of electricity is negligible as compared to the total turnover of the Company, your Company has taken effective steps at every stage to reduce consumption of electricity.

 

B)           Technology Absorption

 

This is not applicable to your Company as it has not purchased or acquired any Technology for development of software from any outside party.

 

C)           Foreign Exchange Earnings/Outgo

 

 

 

31 Dec 2011
(
 in million)

 

Earnings in Foreign Currency on account of:

 

 

 

Export Sale

 

21,133

 

Others

 

46

 

Total Earnings

 

21,179

 

Expenditure in Foreign Currency on account of:

 

 

 

Travelling Expenses

 

264

 

Overseas Employment Expenses

 

4,381

 

Professional Fees & Consultancy Charges

 

286

 

Subscription & Registration Fees

 

5

 

Other Matters

 

156

 

Total Expenditure

 

5,092

 

Net Earnings in Foreign Currency

 

16,087

 

 

Acknowledgements

 

Your Directors wish to convey their appreciation to all the Company’s employees for their performance and continued support. The Directors would also like to thank all the shareholders, consultants, customers, vendors, bankers, service providers and governmental & statutory authorities for their continued support.

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors

 

 

Jai S Pathak

Phaneesh Murthy

 

Chairman

CEO & MD

 

Date: 25 January 2012

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Annexure to the Directors’ Report: Employee Stock Options Plan (‘ESOP’)

 

Information as on 31 December 2011

 

(Currency: in thousands of Indian Rupees except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2011

 

(a) 

 

No. of options granted

 

15,759,482

*

(b) 

 

Pricing formula

 

As per market price as defined in SEBI guidelines on ESOP or on face value of equity shares

 

(c) 

 

Options vested

 

2,170,621

**

(d) 

 

Options exercised

 

8,302,666

 

(e) 

 

The total number of shares arising as a result of exercise of option

 

8,302,666

 

(f) 

 

Options lapsed

 

5,012,320

***

(g) 

 

Variation of terms of options

 

N/A

 

(h) 

 

Money realized by exercise of options;

 

1,284,262

 

(i) 

 

Total number of options in force;

 

2,444,496

 

(j) 

 

Employee wise details of options granted during the year to:-

 

 

 

 

 

(I) 

senior managerial personnel during the year;

 

NIL

 

 

 

(II) 

any other employee who receives a grant in any one year of option amounting to 5% or more of option granted during that year.

 

NIL

 

 

 

(III) 

identified employees who were granted option, during any one year, equal to or exceeding 1% of the issued capital (excluding outstanding warrants and conversions) of the Company at the time of grant;

 

NIL

 

(k) 

 

diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) pursuant to issue of shares on exercise of option calculated in accordance with the Accounting Standard (AS) 20 ‘Earnings per Share’

 

29.58

 

(l) 

 

Impact of Employee Compensation cost calculated as difference between intrinsic value and fair market value in accordance with SEBI Guidelines on ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year after taxation as reported

 

4,014,571

 

 

 

Add: Stock based employee compensation deteremined under the intrinsic value method

 

249,067

 

 

 

Less: Stock based employee compensation deteremined under the fair value method

 

227,004

 

 

 

Pro-forma profit

 

4,036,634

 

 

 

Reported earnings per equity share of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

30.07

 

 

 

- Diluted

 

29.58

 

 

 

Pro-forma earnings per equity share of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

30.23

 

 

 

- Diluted

 

29.75

 

(m) 

 

Weighted-average exercise prices and weighted-average fair values of options, for options whose exercise price equals or is less than the market price of the stock ****

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price - Equity

 

165.15

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value - Equity

 

155.89

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price - ADR

 

$

0.08

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value - ADR

 

$

18.27

 

 

14



Table of Contents

 

(Currency: in thousands of Indian Rupees except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2011

 

(n)

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for Equity linked options which are in accordance with SEBI Guidelines on ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend yield

 

0.67

%

 

 

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.67

%

 

 

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

 

 

Risk free interest rates

 

8.29% - 8.37

%

 

 

Expected Volatility

 

38.47% - 39.13

%

 

 

Weighted Average Volatality

 

38.84

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The price of the underlying share in market at the time of option grant

 

Grant Date

 

Price (GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

 

29 June 2011

 

329.55

 

 

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for ADR linked options which are in accordance with SEBI Guidelines on ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend yield

 

0.68

%

 

 

 

 

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.68

%

 

 

 

 

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

 

 

 

 

Risk free interest rates

 

0.58% - 1.15

%

 

 

 

 

Expected Volatility

 

38.27% - 40.64

%

 

 

 

 

Weighted average volatility

 

39.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

The price of the underlying ADR in market at the time of option grant

 

Grant Date

 

Price ($)

 

 

 

 

 

19 October 2011

 

13.49

 

(o)

 

Ratio of ADS to Equity Shares

 

1 ADR = 2 Shares

 

 

 

 


*

 

Including options granted to employees, who have seperated.

**

 

Net of options lapsed.

***

 

As per the plan, in the event of resignation from employment, the options lapse for individual employee. However, the said options are available to Company for reissue.

****

 

For options outstanding.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Corporate Governance Report

 

Your Company has complied, in all material respects, with features of Corporate Governance Code as per Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchanges.

 

A report on the implementation of the Corporate Governance Code of the Listing Agreement by the Company is furnished below.

 

Philosophy on Corporate Governance

 

A good corporate governance process aims to achieve balance between shareholders’ interest and corporate goals by providing long-term vision of its business and establishing systems that help the Board in understanding and monitoring risk at every stage of the corporate evolution process to enhance the trust and confidence of the stakeholder without compromising with laws and regulations.

 

The Company’s philosophy on corporate governance encompasses achieving balance between individual interests and corporate goals through the efficient conduct of its business and meeting its stakeholder obligations in a manner that is guided by transparency, accountability and integrity. Accountability improves decision-making and transparency helps to explain the rationale behind decisions and to build stakeholder confidence.

 

At Patni Computer Systems Limited, we strive towards excellence through adoption of best governance and disclosure practices.

 

A. Board of Directors

 

1.     Composition of directors

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (“the Board”) has an optimum combination of executive and non-executive directors, which is in conformity with the requirements of Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchanges (“Listing Agreement”) in this regard. The Chairman of the Board is a Non-executive Independent Director. In order to ensure the independence of the Board, 50% of the Board is comprised of Independent Directors.

 

The relevant details in respect of the composition of the Board are furnished below.

 

Name of the director 

 

Position/Category

 

Number of directorships in other companies*

 

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

Chairman (Independent Director)

 

2

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

 

Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

 

7

 

Mr. Göran Lindahl

 

Non-executive Director

 

5

 

Mr. Shashank Singh

 

Non-executive Director

 

1

 

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

Independent Director

 

12

 

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

Independent Director

 

8

 

 


*    This includes directorships held in public limited companies, foreign companies and subsidiaries of public limited companies but excludes directorships held in private limited companies.

 

Changes in composition of the Board during the year ended 31 December 2011

 

·                       Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions and iGATE Global Solutions Limited (jointly referred to as the “Acquirers”), alongwith iGATE Corporation as the person acting in concert (“PAC”), acquired 63% of the then equity share capital of the Company from Mr. Narendra K Patni, Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni along with their respective relatives (the “Previous Promoter Group”) and M/s. General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (“PE Investor”) and further 20% from public shareholders of the Company by way of mandatory tender offer in accordance with Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997 at a price of GRAPHIC 503.50 per share (collectively referred as “Acquisition Transaction”). Pursuant to the said Acquisition Transaction, Mr. Phaneesh Murthy was appointed as a Director (not liable to retire by rotation) and Mr. Shashank Singh was appointed as Director (liable to retire by rotation) w.e.f. 8 February 2011.

 

·                       Mr. Jai S Pathak and Mr. Göran Lindahl were appointed as Directors (liable to retire by rotation) w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

·                       Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. William O Grabe resigned as Directors of the Company w.e.f. 8 February 2011. While, Mr. Narendra K Patni, Mr. Ashok K Patni, Mr. Pradip Shah, Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran, Mr. Louis Theodoor van den Boog, Dr. Michael A Cusumano, Mr. Pradip Baijal and Mr. Jeya Kumar also resigned as Directors w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

·                       Mr. Arun Duggal and Mr. Vimal Bhandari were subsequently re-appointed as Directors (liable to retire by rotation) at the Annual General Meeting held on 29 June 2011.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

2.     Number of Board Committees of the Company and of other companies on which directors are Member or Chairman.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of board

 

Number of board

 

 

 

Number of board

 

Number of board

 

committees of other

 

committees of other

 

 

 

committees on

 

committees on

 

companies on which

 

companies on which

 

Name of the director

 

which Chairman

 

which Member

 

Chairman

 

Member

 

Mr. Jai S Pathak*

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

 

 

 

 

1

 

Mr. Göran Lindahl

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Shashank Singh**

 

1

 

 

 

 

Mr. Arun Duggal#

 

1

 

 

1

 

2

 

Mr. Vimal Bhandari#

 

 

2

 

3

 

2

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Louis Theodoor van den Boog@

 

 

1

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Pradip Shah@

 

1

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Dr. Michael A Cusumano@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Pradip Baijal@

 

1

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni@

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Mr. William O Grabe@

 

 

1

 

NA

 

NA

 

 


NA — Not Applicable

@ Resigned during the year.

* Mr. Jai S Pathak was inducted as a Member of Audit Committee and Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

** Mr. Shashank Singh was inducted as the Chairman of the Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee Meeting w.e.f.12 May 2011.

* Mr. Arun Duggal was inducted as the Chairman of the Audit Committee and Mr. Vimal Bhandari was inducted as a member of the Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

Note: (As required under the Listing Agreement)

 

1.               For the purpose of considering the limit of the committees on which a director can serve, all public limited companies, whether listed or not, have been included and all other companies including private limited companies, foreign companies and companies under Section 25 of the Companies Act have been excluded.

 

2.               For the purpose of considering the limit on memberships of the committees, the Audit Committee and the Shareholders’/ Investors’ grievance committee alone are considered.

 

3.              Number of board meetings held and the dates on which such meetings were held:

 

Nine board meetings were held during the year ended 31 December 2011 with a time gap of not more than four months between any two meetings and the required information as stipulated under Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement was made available to the members of the Board. The dates of such board meetings were 3 January 2011, 10 January 2011, 8-9 February 2011, 26-27 April 2011, 12 May 2011, 29 June 2011, 25 July 2011, 18 October 2011 and 16 November 2011.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

4.     Attendance of each present director at the board meetings and the last AGM

 

Name of the director 

 

Total board meetings 
held during tenure

 

Attended in
 person

 

Attended through 
video/tele conference

 

Annual general meeting 
on 29 June 2011

 

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

5

 

4

 

1

 

Ö

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

 

7

 

5

 

2

 

Ö

 

Mr. Göran Lindahl

 

5

 

3

 

 

Ö

 

Mr. Shashank Singh

 

7

 

7

 

 

Ö

 

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

9

 

9

 

 

Ö

 

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

9

 

9

 

 

Ö

 

Mr. Pradip Shah@

 

5

 

4

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni@

 

5

 

5

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar@

 

5

 

5

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni@

 

5

 

5

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran@

 

5

 

3

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Pradip Baijal@

 

5

 

3

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni@

 

3

 

2

 

 

NA

 

Mr. William O Grabe@

 

3

 

0

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Louis Theodoor van den Boog@

 

5

 

3

 

 

NA

 

Dr. Michael A Cusumano@

 

5

 

1

 

 

NA

 

Mr. Abhay Havaldar@ (Alternate Director to Mr. William O Grabe)

 

3

 

2

 

 

NA

 

 


NA — Not Applicable

@ Resigned during the year.

 

5.    Compensation to Directors

 

Details of compensation paid to Directors for the year ended 31 December 2011 are as below:

 

(Amounts in GRAPHIC)

 

Director

 

Relationship with other
directors

 

Business 
relationship 
with the 
Company

 

Loans &
advances 
from the 
Company

 

Sitting
Fees*

 

Remuneration*

 

Commission*

 

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

No

 

None

 

 

200,000

 

 

2,151,434

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

 

No

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Göran Lindahl

 

No

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Shashank Singh

 

No

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

No

 

None

 

 

260,000

 

 

2,499,841

 

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

No

 

None

 

 

300,000

 

 

2,499,841

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni@

 

Brother of Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

Erstwhile Promoter

 

 

 

Refer note 3

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar@

 

No

 

None

 

 

 

162,707,037

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni@

 

Brother of Mr. Narendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

Erstwhile Promoter

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni@

 

Brother of Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Narendra K Patni

 

Erstwhile Promoter

 

 

60,000

 

8,691,359

#

 

Mr. William O Grabe@

 

No

 

Erstwhile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominee of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

strategic investor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Louis Theodoor van

 

No

 

None

 

 

60,000

 

 

655,329

 

den Boog@

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Pradip Shah@

 

No

 

None

 

 

80,000

 

 

655,329

 

Mr. Ramesh

 

No

 

None

 

 

40,000

 

 

655,329

 

Venkateswaran@

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Michael A Cusumano@

 

No

 

None

 

 

40,000

 

 

655,329

 

Mr. Pradip Baijal@

 

No

 

None

 

 

20,000

 

 

655,329

 

 


* Gross amounts subjected to applicable TDS.    

# Pension and Medical Liability.    

@Resigned during the year.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Notes:

 

1. Payment to Non-executive Directors:

 

The Company paid commission to its Independent Directors as approved by the Board within the limits approved by the Members of the Company. The amount of such commission, taken together for all Non-executive Directors, did not exceed 1% of the net profits of the Company in the financial year. The Independent Directors were also paid a sitting fee of GRAPHIC 20,000 per meeting, being the maximum amount permissible under the present regulations, for attending the Board/Committee meetings.

 

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on 12 May 2011, has revised the compensation payable to the Independent Directors, as given below:

 

·      Base Compensation to each Independent Director: $ 50,000 p.a.

 

·      Chairman of the Board of Directors: $ 10,000 p.a.

 

·      Chairman of each of the other Committees of Directors: $ 10,000 p.a.

 

·                  The Compensation will be in the form of Commission as permitted under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.

 

·                  Commission will be paid on quarterly basis in equal installments.

 

·                  Overall Commission not to exceed 1% of the net profit of the Company.

 

·                  GRAPHIC 20,000 as sitting fees for the meetings attended.

 

In addition to the above, the Independent Directors are also eligible for stock option grants under Company’s Stock Option Plan i.e. Patni ESOP 2003 (Revised 2009).

 

Before the acquisition transaction, the Company had paid commission to its Independent Directors as approved by the previous Board within the limits approved by the Members of the Company. The Independent Directors were also paid a sitting fee of GRAPHIC 20,000 per meeting, being the maximum amount permissible under the present regulations, for attending the Board/Committee meetings. In addition to above mentioned commission, the following were entitled to a one-time annual commission as under for the period starting from 1 January 2011 till 11 May 2011.

 

·      The Chairman of the Audit Committee: $ 10,000 p.a.

 

·      Members of the Audit Committee: $ 5,000 p.a.

 

·      The Chairman of Compensation & Remuneration Committee: $ 5,000 p.a.

 

·      The Chairman of Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee: $ 5,000 p.a.

 

2. Payment to Managing Director and former Manager:

 

During the year, Mr. Phaneesh Murthy was appointed as a Managing Director with the designation of ‘Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director’ w.e.f. 12 May 2011 for the period of five years pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. He is also the President and Chief Executive Officer of iGATE Corporation, the holding company of the Company. He does not draw any remuneration from the Company and the Company provides him all the necessary infrastructural facilities to function as a Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of the Company.

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar ceased to be the Manager designated as Chief Executive Officer of the Company w.e.f. 12 May 2011 and accordingly during the year, the Company had paid remuneration/compensation to Mr. Jeya Kumar within the limits envisaged under the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. The remuneration paid was approved by the Board within the limits approved by the Members of the Company.

 

The breakups of compensation/remuneration paid to them are as under:

 

(Amounts in GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

Fixed Components

 

Variable Components

 

 

 

 

 

Salary, Allowances  &

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Linked

 

 

 

 

 

Perquisites

 

PF contribution

 

Pension

 

Incentive

 

Total

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar*
(in capacity of Manager)

 

145,985,157

 

1,101,704

 

 

15,620,176

 

162,707,037

*

 


*Mr. Jeya Kumar ceased to be the Manager designated as CEO of the Company w.e.f. 12 May 2011. This includes the severance payment of GRAPHIC 81,940,905/- made to him during the year.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

3.     Compensation to Mr. Narendra K Patni: This includes the severance payment of GRAPHIC 152,928,697/- which was paid by Patni Americas Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Compensation is as described in the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries. However, he ceased to be the Chairman and the Director of the Company w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

Shareholding of present Non-executive Directors’ in the Company for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

Name of Non-executive Director

 

No. of Equity Shares held as of 31 December 2011

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

Nil

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

4,550

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

2,600

Mr. Göran Lindahl

 

Nil

Mr. Shashank Singh

 

Nil

 

Stock Options Grant

 

Name

 

Exercise Price Per Share

 

Number of Options Granted

 

Expiration Date

 

Mr. A Duggal

 

GRAPHIC 254/381/458/455/471/2/2

 

20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/4,550/4,000

(1)

2010/2011/2012/2013/2016/2016/2017

(1)

Mr. V Bhandari

 

GRAPHIC 471/2/2

 

20,000/2,600/4,000

(2)

2016/2016/2017

(2)

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

GRAPHIC 2

 

4,000

(3)

2017

(3)

Dr. M Cusumano*

 

GRAPHIC 254/381/458/455/$20.78/ GRAPHIC 4

 

20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/2,500#/2,275#

(4)

2011

(4)

Mr. P Shah*

 

GRAPHIC 254/381/458/455/471/2

 

20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/1,950

(4)

2011

(4)

Mr. L van den Boog*

 

GRAPHIC 381/458/455/2/4

 

20,000/5,000/5,000/96,000/1,950#

(4)

2011

(4)

Mr. R Venkateswaran*

 

GRAPHIC 254/381/458/455/471/2

 

20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/5,000/2,600

(4)

2011

(4)

Mr. P Baijal*

 

GRAPHIC 471/2

 

20,000/2,600

(4)

2011

(4)

Mr. J Kumar*

 

GRAPHIC 106/2/2

 

1,500,000/350,000/240,500

(5)

(5)

 


#ADR linked Options

*Former Directors

 

(1)   In respect of the first grant, options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year and expiry date in respect of said grant will be from 2010 to 2013. Please note that the first & second vesting i.e. 25% of said grant has already expired in July 2010 & 2011 respectively. In respect of the second grant, options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year and expiry date in respect of said grant will be from 2011 to 2014. Please note that the first vesting i.e. 25% of said grant has already expired in April 2011. In respect of third, fourth and fifth grants, options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year and expiry date in respect of said three grants will be from 2012 to 2015, 2013 to 2016, and 2016 to 2019 respectively. In respect of the sixth grant, the options will vest in full at the end of first year and will expire in 2016 and in respect of the last grant, the options will vest in three installments, i.e. 30%, 30% and 40% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2017 to 2019.

 

(2)   In respect of the first grant, options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of said grant will be from 2016 to 2019. In respect of the second grant, the options will vest in full at the end of first year and it will expire in 2016 and in respect of the last grant, the options will vest in three installments, i.e. 30%, 30% and 40% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2017 to 2019.

 

(3)   The options will vest in three installments, i.e. 30%, 30% and 40% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2017 to 2019.

 

(4)   Ceased to be the Director of the Company w.e.f. 12 May 2011(“Effective Date”) and by virtue of the resignation, all unvested options as on date of resignation lapsed and all vested options expired in 2011 in pursuance to the Patni ESOP Plan (Revised 2009).

 

(5)   Ceased to be the Manager designated as Chief Executive Officer & Director of the Company w.e.f. 12 May 2011 and he has exercised all his vested options.

 

Code of Conduct:

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement, the Board has adopted Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for the executive directors, whole time directors, officers and employees of the Company as well as the separate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Non-executive Directors of the Company. The said Code has been posted on website of the Company.

 

All the Board Members and senior management personnel have affirmed compliance with the Code for the year 2011 and a declaration to this effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of the Company is provided at the end of this report.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Tenure:

 

As per the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and the Articles of Association of the Company, two third of the total directors of the Company retire by rotation. Out of this two third, one third will be retiring at every Annual General Meeting. Accordingly, the tenure of each director is two years but they are eligible for re-appointment.

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy was appointed as a Director of the Company w.e.f. 8 February 2011 pursuant to Acquisition Transaction as mentioned earlier. He was further appointed as a Managing Director with the designation of ‘Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director’ w.e.f. 12 May 2011 for the period of five years pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 which was further approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 29 June 2011. His appointment as a Director is not liable to retire by rotation.

 

B. Audit Committee

 

1.      Brief description of terms of reference

 

The Audit Committee was initially set up on 19 December 2001 and reconstituted on 12 November 2003 in line with then corporate governance norms. Subsequently, the Audit Committee was further reconstituted on 30 March 2005, 29 April 2008, 10 February 2010 and recently on 12 May 2011. The Audit Committee has three non-executive members, all being independent. The Chairman of the Committee is an independent director. All members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and they have accounting or related financial management expertise.

 

Existing Charter of the Audit Committee, including terms of reference, is as under:

 

I.    Purpose

 

The primary purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Patni Computer Systems Limited, (the “Company”), in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to (a) the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company, including the integrity of the audited financial statements and other financial information provided by the Company to its stockholders, the public, any stock exchange and others, (b) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (c) the Company’s independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, (d) the audit of the Company’s financial statements and the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and its independent auditors.

 

II.      Organization

 

The Audit Committee shall have minimum of three Directors as its Members. All Members of the Audit Committee shall be Independent Directors and shall be financially literate and at least one member shall have accounting or related financial management expertise. The Board shall appoint a Chairperson of the Audit Committee and in the absence of such person, the members of the Audit Committee shall appoint one of their members present as the Chairman by a vote of the majority of the full Audit Committee. The Chairman of the Audit Committee shall be present at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to answer shareholder’s queries.

 

The Audit Committee may invite such of the executives, as it consider appropriate (and Particularly the CFO) to be present at the meetings of the committee, but on occasions it may also meet without the presence of any executives of the Company. The CFO, head of Internal Audit and representative of the Statutory Auditor may be present as invitees for the meetings of the Audit Committee.

 

III.     Meetings

 

The Audit Committee should meet at least four times in a year and not more than four months shall elapse between two meetings. The Quorum shall be either two members or one third of the members of the Audit Committee whichever is greater.

 

IV.    Authority and Responsibilities

 

Subject to and in accordance with Clause 49 of the listing agreement

 

Description

 

Period

A.

With Respect to the Management

 

 

 

1.

 

Review the annual financial statements before submission to the board for approval.

 

Annually

 

2

 

Review the quarterly financial statements before submission to the board for approval.

 

Quarterly

 

3

 

Review and discuss the major issues w.r.t. accounting principles and financial statement presentations and changes in accounting principles and policies.

 

As appropriate

 

4

 

Review disagreements or audit problems, if any, for preparation of financial statements etc.

 

As appropriate

 

5

 

Review Company’s legal Compliance Report and any matters which could impact Company’s financial statements.

 

As appropriate

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Description

 

Period

 

6

 

Review the Company’s Earnings press releases and other information provided to analysts and rating agencies.

 

As appropriate

 

7

 

Review and discuss w.r.t. off-balance sheet transaction, arrangements, obligations etc.

 

As appropriate

 

8

 

Review steps to monitor, control and manage major financial risk and corrective measures.

 

As appropriate

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

With Respect to the Independent Auditors

 

 

 

1.

 

Appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of Independent Auditors.

 

As appropriate

 

2.

 

Evaluate Performances of Independent Auditors including lead audit partner.

 

Annually

 

3.

 

Ensure objectivity & independence of Independent Auditors, and receive a statement of Independence from them.

 

Annually

 

4.

 

Review Appropriate Internal Quality Control procedures of Independent Auditors.

 

Annually

 

5.

 

Confirm Rotation requirement of Partners & Independent Auditors and hiring of former employees of Independent Auditors.

 

As appropriate

 

6.

 

Review of any report submitted by Independent Auditors.

 

As appropriate

 

7.

 

Before commencement of Statutory Audit, review the scope & plan of work of Independent Auditors.

 

Annually

 

8.

 

Post audit discussion with Independent Auditors to ascertain areas of concern.

 

Annually

 

9.

 

Review Alternative Accounting treatments of Financial information reported in US GAAP and treatment advised by Independent Auditors.

 

As appropriate

 

10.

 

Ensuring the quality and appropriateness of the Company’s accounting and financial disclosures.

 

As appropriate

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

With Respect to the Internal Auditors

 

 

 

1.

 

Appointment of Head of Internal Audit and review of scope of work and his responsibilities.

 

Annually

 

2.

 

Review the scope & plan of work of Internal Audit Group including staffing & budget.

 

At least Annually

 

3.

 

Evaluate Performance of Internal Audit Group.

 

At least Annually

 

4.

 

In discussion with internal auditors Review of the adequacy of Company’s internal controls.

 

As appropriate

 

5.

 

Review the process of complaints regarding internal accounting controls and auditing matters.

 

As appropriate

 

6.

 

Review effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Annually

 

7.

 

Review Management certification and disclosures.

 

Annually

 

8.

 

Review on the issues raised in management letters and corrective steps.

 

As appropriate

 

9.

 

Review on significant findings of the Internal Audit Group.

 

As appropriate

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Other

 

 

 

1.

 

Review all related party transactions required under SEC rules and SEBI.

 

Annually

 

2.

 

Examine reasons behind any substantial defaults.

 

As appropriate

 

3.

 

Review the details of investment surplus fund and IPO proceeds.

 

As appropriate

 

4.

 

Recommend to BOD amendment to, or waiver of, Company’s code of Ethics.

 

As appropriate

 

5.

 

Review adequacy of Charter annually and review its performance.

 

Annually

 

6.

 

Report regularly with respect to the quality or integrity of the Company’s financial statements & perform other activities.

 

As appropriate

 

7.

 

Review the financial statements of any material non-listed Indian subsidiary.

 

As appropriate

 

V. Resources

 

The Audit Committee shall have the sole authority to retain or terminate consultants to assist the Audit Committee in its functions. The terms of engagement and payment terms of such consultants will be determined by the Audit Committee.

 

The Company Secretary shall act as the Secretary to the Audit Committee.

 

2. Composition, names of Members and Chairman

 

The Board of Directors of the Company, at its Meeting held on 12 May 2011, has, inter alia, approved following changes in the composition of the Audit Committee of the Directors:

 

·        Mr. Pradip Shah has ceased to be the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

·        Mr. Arun Duggal has been appointed as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

·        Mr. Jai S Pathak has been inducted as the Member of the Audit Committee.

 

Accordingly, the current composition of the Audit Committee of the Company is as under:

 

Name of the Member

 

Designation

 

Category

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

Chairman

 

Independent Director

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

Member

 

Independent Director

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

Member

 

Independent Director

 

3. Meetings and attendance during the year

 

Six meetings were held during the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

Name of the Member

 

Total Committee meetings held during
tenure of Member

 

Total Committee meetings attended

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

6

 

5

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

6

 

5

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

4

 

4

Mr. Pradip Shah*

 

2

 

2

 


* Mr. Pradip Shah ceased to be the Chairman of the Committee w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

C. Compensation and Remuneration Committee

 

1.   Brief description of terms of reference and remuneration policy

 

The Compensation and Remuneration Committee was set up on 30 July 2006 by merging the Remuneration Committee and the Compensation Committee. The Committee has overall responsibility for approving and evaluating compensation plans, policies and programs of the CEO and senior management of the company. The Committee shall make recommendations to the Board on Stock Option plans for all employees. The Committee shall also facilitate the recommendation of compensation for Board members.

 

Recently, the Compensation and Remuneration Committee was further reconstituted on 12 May 2011.

 

The Committee has three non—executive members with all being independent and the Chairman of the Committee is an Independent Director.

 

2.   Present Composition, names of Members and Chairman

 

Name of the Member

 

Designation

 

Category

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

Chairman

 

Independent Director

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

Member

 

Independent Director

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

Member

 

Independent Director

 

3.   Meetings and attendance during the year

 

Three meetings were held during the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

Name of the Member

 

Total Committee meetings held during
tenure of member

 

Total Committee meetings attended

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

2

 

2

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

2

 

2

Mr. Arun Duggal

 

2

 

2

Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran*

 

1

 

1

Dr. Michael A Cusumano*

 

1

 

1

Mr. Pradip Baijal*

 

1

 

 


*Ceased to be the members of Compensation and Remuneration Committee w.e.f. 12 May 2011.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

D. Shareholders’/ Investors’ Grievance Committee

 

Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee was set up on 12 November 2003 and was reconstituted on 30 July 2006, 30 October 2007, 29 April 2008, 22 October 2008, 29 July 2009 and recently on 12 May 2011. Presently, the Committee consists of three directors, all being Non-executive Directors. The Chairman of the Committee is a Non-executive Director. The Committee met on 25 July 2011 to ensure timely and efficient resolving of investor complaints.

 

1.     Name of Non-executive Director heading the Committee:

 

Mr. Shashank Singh was appointed as the Chairman of the Committee w.e.f. 12 May 2011 and Mr. Pradip Baijal ceased to be the Chairman of the Committee as on same date.

 

2.     Present Composition, names of Members and Chairman

 

Name of the Member

 

Designation

 

Category

Mr. Shashank Singh

 

Chairman

 

Non-executive Director

Mr. Vimal Bhandari

 

Member

 

Independent Director

Mr. Jai S Pathak

 

Member

 

Independent Director

 

3.     Name and designation of Compliance Officer

 

Mr. Arun Kanakal, Company Secretary

Ackruti Softech Park, MIDC Cross Road No.21

MIDC, Andheri (East)

Mumbai 400 093.

Tel: 91 022 6693 0500

Fax: 91 022 2832 1750

E-mail: investors.redressal@igatepatni.com

 

4.     Details of investors’ queries/complaints received and resolved during the year ended 31 December 2011:

 

This information has been provided under Shareholders’ Information.

 

E. General Body Meetings

 

1. Details of last three Annual General Meetings of the Company:

 

Annual General Meetings for the last three years

 

Date

 

29 June 2011

 

23 June 2010

 

25 June 2009

Location

 

The Westin Pune, 36/3B Koregaon Park Annexe, Mundhwa Road, Pune — 411 001.

 

Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune — 411 001

 

Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune — 411 001

Time

 

11.30 am

 

11.30 am

 

11.30 am

 

2.     Whether any special resolution passed in the previous three AGMs?

 

Yes

 

3.     Whether any special resolution passed last year through postal ballot — details of voting pattern?

 

Pursuant to Section 192A of the Companies Act, 1956 read with the Companies (Passing of Resolution by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2011, a Notice dated 5 December 2011 was sent to the Members for seeking approval through Postal Ballot by way of the Special Resolution for Voluntary Delisting of the (a) Shares of Company from the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited; and (b) the American Depositary Shares of the Company from New York Stock Exchange.

 

4.     Who conducted the postal ballot?

 

Mr. Vijayakrishna KT, Practicing Company Secretary, was appointed as the Scrutinizer in this regard by the Board of Directors vide resolution dated 16 November 2011 for conducting this Postal Ballot voting process in a fair and transparent manner. Subsequently, based on the Scrutinizer’s report, the said Special Resolution was declared as passed with the requisite majority as required under Section 189(2) of the Companies Act, 1956 and the Regulation 8 (1)(b) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009.

 

5.     Whether any special resolution is proposed to be conducted through postal ballot?

 

For the year 2012, if resolutions are to be conducted through the Postal Ballot procedure, those will be taken up at the appropriate time.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

6. Procedure for postal ballot?

 

Procedure was followed as per the requirements of the Section 192A of the Companies Act, 1956 read with the Companies (Passing of resolution by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2011.

 

F. Disclosures

 

1.              Disclosures on materially significant related party transactions that may have potential conflict with the interests of the company at large.

 

Disclosures regarding Related Party Transactions have been made under notes to financial statements of the Company, which forms part of this Annual Report.

 

2.              Details of non-compliance by the Company, penalties and strictures imposed on the company by the stock exchange or SEBI or any statutory authority, on any matter related to capital markets, during the last three years.

 

No penalties and strictures have been imposed on the Company by the stock exchange, SEBI or any statutory authority on any matter related to capital markets as there was no non-compliance by the Company.

 

3.              As stated earlier, the Board has adopted Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for the executive directors, whole time directors, officers and employees of the Company as well as the separate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Non-executive Directors of the Company. The provisions relating to Whistle Blower Policy have been adequately provided and no personnel have been denied access to the Audit Committee.

 

4.              The Company has complied with the applicable mandatory requirements of Clause 49 of the listing agreement entered with the Stock Exchanges.

 

5.     Disclosure on non-mandatory requirements:

 

a)              Mr. Jai S Pathak, Independent Director, has been appointed as the Chairman of the Company. As of now, he is not maintaining a Chairman’s Office at the Company’s expense.

 

None of the independent director on the Board of the Company has served for a tenure exceeding nine years. The Company has ensured that the person who is being appointed as an independent director has the requisite qualifications and experience which would be of use to the Company and which in the opinion of the Company, would enable him to contribute effectively to the Company in his capacity as an Independent Director.

 

b)             The Company has set up a Compensation & Remuneration Committee. Details of which is provided elsewhere in the Annual Report.

 

c)              We publish our quarterly results in widely circulated newspapers and also display them on our website.

 

d)             The financial statements of the Company are unqualified.

 

e)              As stated earlier, the Company has adopted a Whistle Blower Policy and has established the necessary mechanism for employees to report concerns about any malpractice, impropriety, abuse etc. The said Policy is also appropriately communicated within the Company across all levels and has been displayed on Company’s intranet and website.

 

G. Shareholders’ Information

 

Date and time of AGM

:

10 April 2012, Tuesday, at 3.00 p.m.

Venue

:

Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune - 411001.

Financial year

:

1 January 2011 to 31 December 2011

Book closure dates

:

3 April 2012 to 10 April 2012 (both days inclusive)

Registered office

:

Level II, Tower 3, Cybercity, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 013

Dividend payment date

:

Not Applicable.

Compliance officer

:

Mr. Arun Kanakal, Company Secretary is the Compliance Officer of the Company.

Website address

:

www.igatepatni.com

 

Means of communication

 

The Company’s website www.igatepatni.com contains an Investors’ section containing financials, press releases, shareholding pattern, news about the Company and certain other shareholder information.

 

The Company has been sharing the relevant information on the ‘Corporate Filing and Dissemination Systems website viz. www.corpfiling.co.in’ launched by BSE and NSE.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission, US (‘SEC’) maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains all information and filings done by the registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. The periodical filings of the Company with SEC are also available on the Company’s website.

 

All press releases and events can be accessed under the heading “News and Events” in Investors’ section on the Company’s website.

 

Financial results are generally published in Economic Times, Free Press Journal (the National newspapers), Navshakti and Maharashtra Times (Vernacular newspapers).

 

As required by sub-clause V of Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement, Management Discussion and Analysis is provided elsewhere in the Annual Report.

 

As on 31 December 2011, there were 38,703 shareholders holding our equity shares.

 

The Company’s shares fall under category A of scrip in BSE and are listed on the following stock exchanges:

 

In India:

 

1.

Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (BSE)

 

Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers

 

Dalal Street, Fort

 

Mumbai 400 001.

 

Tel: 91 22 2272 1233/1234

 

Fax: 91 22 2272 1919

 

Website: www.bseindia.com

 

 

2.

National Stock Exchange of India Limited (NSE)

 

Exchange Plaza

 

Plot No.C/ 1, G Block

 

Bandra-Kurla Complex, Bandra (E)

 

Mumbai 400 051

 

Tel: 91 22 2659 8235/36

 

Fax: 91 22 2659 8237/38

 

Website: www.nseindia.com

 

Outside India:

 

The Company’s ADSs are listed on:
The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
11 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.
Tel: +1 212 6563000

Website: www.nyse.com

 

Listing fees for the year 2011-12 have been paid to the stock exchanges where the Company’s shares are listed.

 

 

 

India

 

Global

Codes

 

BSE

 

NSE

 

NYSE

Exchange

 

532517

 

PATNI

 

PTI

Reuters

 

PTNI.BO

 

PTNI.NS

 

PTI.N

Bloomberg

 

PATNI: IN

 

PTI: US

ISIN nos. in NSDL and CDSL

 

INE660F01012

 

 

Dematerialization of equity shares

 

The Company’s shares are under compulsory dematerialization list and can be transferred through depository system. The Company
has entered into a tripartite agreement with National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services (India)
Limited (CDSL) to facilitate the dematerialization of shares. As on 31 December 2011, 99.99% shares were held in electronic form.

 

Contact Details:

For queries regarding shares:

 

Registrar and Transfer Agent:

Karvy Computershare Private Limited
Unit: Patni Computer Systems Limited

Plot No.17-24, Vittal Rao Nagar, Madhapur
Hyderabad 500 081, India.

Tel: 91 40 2342 0815-820

Fax: 91 40 2342 0814

Email: igkcpl@karvy.com

 

Company Secretary and Compliance Officer:
Arun Kanakal

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Ackruti Softech Park

MIDC Cross Road No.21

Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 093.

Tel: 91 22 6693 0500

Email: investors.redressal@igatepatni.com

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Investor correspondence in the U.S.
Araceli Roiz

Tel: +1 510 896 3007

Email: investors@igatepatni.com

 

Queries relating to Financial Statements
Email: investors@igatepatni.com

 

Name and address of the Depositary Bank for the purpose of ADS

The Bank of New York Mellon

Investor Services

C/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

P.O. Box 358516, Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516
Toll Free: 1888 BNY ADRS

International: +1 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
Websites: www.bnymellon.com\shareowner

 

Name and address of the Custodian in India for the purpose of ADS

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd
Custody and Clearing

HSBC Securities Services

2nd Floor, ‘Shiv’, Plot No 139-140 B

Western Express Highway, Sahar Road Junction,

Vile Parle (E), Mumbai 400 057.

Tel: 91 22 4035 7637/40/49/27

Fax: 91 22 4035 7469/70

 

Dividend

 

The Board has not recommended any dividend for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

Patni Insider Trading Policy

 

The Company has implemented an Insider Trading Policy to comply with all relevant Insider Trading Regulations. In accordance with the policy, the Company announces quiet period for designated employees from time to time.

 

The Company has a policy of observing a ‘quiet period’ from the last day of the end of the quarter till two trading days after the financial results are published. The Company may also announce ‘quiet period’ during and after the occurrence of certain events mentioned in the Insider Trading Policy.

 

The Company is continuously monitoring compliance under its Insider Trading Policy.

 

Details of complaints received and resolved from 1 January 2011 to 31 December 2011

 

Complaints

 

Received

 

Attended to

 

Pending

 

Non-Receipt of Dividend Warrants

 

193

 

193

 

0

 

Non-Receipt of Annual Report

 

3

 

3

 

0

 

Non-Receipt of Securities

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Non-Receipt of Refund Order

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Non-Receipt of Electronic Credit

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Receipt of Refund Orders/Dws for corrections

 

6

 

6

 

0

 

Complaints Received from SEBI

 

7

 

7

 

0

 

Complaints Received from Stock Exchanges

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

209

 

209

 

0

 

 

Shareholding Pattern as on 31 December 2011

 

Category

 

Number of Shares

 

% to Total

 

Promoters and Relatives of Promoters

 

89,928,848

 

66.86

 

Mutual Funds/UTI

 

25,000

 

0.02

 

Financial Institutions/Banks

 

264,714

 

0.20

 

Foreign Institutional Investors

 

16,243,273

 

12.08

 

Bodies Corporate

 

408,318

 

0.30

 

Individuals

 

2,522,835

 

1.88

 

NRIs

 

124,327

 

0.09

 

Foreign Corporate Bodies

 

82,834

 

0.06

 

Directors

 

4,550

 

0.00

 

Trusts and Clearing Members

 

132,998

 

0.10

 

Shares underlying ADRs*

 

24,756,436

 

18.41

 

Total

 

134,494,133

 

100.00

 

 


* Includes 20,161,867 underlying shares then held by Bank of New York for Pan — Asia iGATE Solutions being the beneficiary.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Market Price Data

 

Monthly highs, lows and volumes for the Year 2011

 

 

 

BSE

 

NSE

 

Total Volume

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Volume

 

High

 

Low

 

Volume

 

(BSE+NSE)

 

Month

 

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

 

Nos.

 

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

 

Nos.

 

Nos.

 

January, 2011

 

478.00

 

441.00

 

2,960,450

 

489.80

 

440.85

 

14,223,653

 

17,184,103

 

February, 2011

 

472.00

 

445.00

 

1,360,834

 

474.00

 

445.60

 

6,508,558

 

7,869,392

 

March, 2011

 

479.00

 

441.20

 

610,682

 

478.95

 

444.05

 

7,807,590

 

8,418,272

 

April, 2011

 

485.00

 

422.45

 

986,611

 

483.80

 

422.40

 

6,711,331

 

7,697,942

 

May, 2011

 

439.80

 

310.05

 

3,252,388

 

431.00

 

303.60

 

18,056,147

 

21,308,535

 

June, 2011

 

366.00

 

318.00

 

1,228,860

 

368.80

 

315.90

 

5,846,338

 

7,075,198

 

July, 2011

 

347.35

 

306.00

 

792,803

 

347.40

 

306.45

 

4,555,202

 

5,348,005

 

August, 2011

 

330.80

 

250.00

 

327,224

 

330.90

 

250.00

 

3,137,780

 

3,465,004

 

September, 2011

 

307.00

 

268.95

 

548,525

 

303.50

 

260.70

 

3,101,329

 

3,649,854

 

October, 2011

 

352.45

 

256.20

 

3,454,055

 

355.40

 

268.10

 

11,995,536

 

15,449,591

 

November, 2011

 

462.45

 

322.50

 

5,142,493

 

470.00

 

328.00

 

16,027,290

 

21,169,783

 

December, 2011

 

471.60

 

382.60

 

2,592,295

 

473.00

 

431.65

 

2,540,317

 

5,132,612

 

 

Market movement

 

Stock market data relating to equity shares listed in India

Chart on Patni share price Vs. Sensex and Nifty from 1 January 2011 to 31 December 2011
Patni Price Vs. Sensex

 

 

Patni Price Vs. Nifty

 

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Distribution of shareholding as on 31 December 2011

 

No. of equity shares held

 

No. of shareholders

 

%

 

No. of shares

 

%

 

1 - 5000

 

38,610

 

99.76

 

2,606,350

 

1.94

 

5001 - 10000

 

28

 

0.07

 

187,552

 

0.14

 

10001 - 20000

 

12

 

0.03

 

178,572

 

0.13

 

20001 - 30000

 

10

 

0.03

 

234,249

 

0.17

 

30001 - 40000

 

6

 

0.02

 

203,554

 

0.15

 

40001 - 50000

 

6

 

0.02

 

268,049

 

0.20

 

50001 - 100000

 

17

 

0.04

 

1,304,816

 

0.97

 

100001 & above

 

14

 

0.04

 

129,510,991

 

96.29

 

Total

 

38,703

 

100.00

 

134,494,133

 

100.00

 

 

Outstanding ADRs

 

Our ADRs are traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PTI”. As of 31 December 2011, Outstanding ADRs are 2,293,979. Each ADR represents two underlying Equity Shares.

 

We had entered into a Deposit Agreement dated 15 July 2002 with The Bank of New York, the Depositary. Pursuant to the said Deposit Agreement, we have deposited 20,161,868 equity shares of GRAPHIC 2/- each with the Depositary. The Depositary has executed and delivered to General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (“GAML”) 20,161,868 ADSs representing such equity shares where each ADS represents one equity share of GRAPHIC 2/- per share. Subsequent to the Acquisition Transaction, 20,161,867 ADSs were acquired by Pan- Asia iGATE Solutions (“iGate Mauritius”).

 

The addresses of offices/locations are given elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

ANNUAL DECLARATION BY CEO PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 49(I)(D)(ii) OF
THE LISTING AGREEMENT

 

As per the requirements of Clause 49(I)(D)(ii) of the Listing Agreement, I, Phaneesh Murthy, Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director of the Company, hereby declare that all the Board Members and senior management personnel of the Company have affirmed compliance with the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for the year 2011.

 

Phaneesh Murthy
CEO & MD

 

Date: 25 January 2012

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Certificate on Corporate Governance

 

To the Members of Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

We have examined the compliance of the conditions of Corporate Governance by Patni Computer Systems Limited (‘the Company’) for the year ended on 31 December 2011, as stipulated in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement of the said Company with Stock Exchanges in India.

 

The compliance of the conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the management. Our examination was limited to procedures and implementation thereof, adopted by the Company for ensuring the compliance of the conditions of Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion on the financial statements of the Company.

 

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, we certify that the Company has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the above mentioned Listing Agreement.

 

We state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor the efficiency or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.

 

For Amit K. Trivedi & Associates
Practising Company Secretaries

 

C.P. Number: 7059
Membership Number: 19738

 

Mumbai

25 January 2012

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

The Board of Directors,

Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

Sub: Certification by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Principal Finance Officer on Financial Statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

We, Phaneesh Murthy, CEO & MD and Ananth Nayak, Principal Finance Officer, of Patni Computer Systems Limited, certify that:

 

(a)          We have reviewed financial statements and the cash flow statement for the year and that to the best of our knowledge and belief:

 

i.                       these financial statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements that might be misleading; and

 

ii.                    these statements together present a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and are in compliance with existing accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.

 

(b)         There are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the Company during the year which are fraudulent, illegal or violative of the Company’s code of conduct.

 

(c)          We are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that we have evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control systems of the Company pertaining to financial reporting and we have disclosed to the auditors and the Audit Committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal controls, if any, of which we are aware and the steps we have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.

 

(d)         We have indicated to the auditors and the Audit committee:

 

i.                       significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the year;

 

ii.                    significant changes in accounting policies during the year and that the same have been disclosed in the notes to the financial statements; and

 

iii.                 instances of significant fraud of which we have become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the management or an employee having a significant role in the Company’s internal control system over financial reporting.

 

For Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

Phaneesh Murthy

Ananth Nayak

CEO & MD

Principal Finance Officer

 

 

Place: Bangalore

 

Date: 23 January 2012

 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Financial Section

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Standalone Financials under Indian GAAP

 

Auditors’ Report

 

To the Members of

Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

1.               We have audited the attached balance sheet of Patni Computer Systems Limited (the ‘Company’) as at 31 December 2011 and also the Profit and Loss account and the cash flow statement for the year ended on that date annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

2.               We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

3.               As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2003 (as amended) (the ‘Order’) issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (4A) of Section 227 of the Companies Act, 1956 (the ‘Act’), we enclose in the Annexure a statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Order.

 

4.               Further to our comments in the Annexure referred to above, we report that:

 

i.

 

We have obtained all the information and explanations, which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit;

 

 

 

ii.

 

In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as appears from our examination of those books;

 

 

 

iii.

 

The balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement dealt with by this report are in agreement with the books of account;

 

 

 

iv.

 

In our opinion, the balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement dealt with by this report comply with the accounting standards referred to in sub-section (3C) of section 211 of the Act;

 

 

 

v.

 

On the basis of the written representations received from the directors, as on 31 December 2011, and taken on record by the Board of Directors, we report that none of the directors is disqualified as on 31 December 2011 from being appointed as a director in terms of clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 274 of the Act; and

 

 

 

vi.

 

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the said accounts give the information required by the Act in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India:

 

a)

 

in the case of the balance sheet, of the state of affairs of the Company as at 31 December 2011;

 

 

 

b)

 

in the case of the profit and loss account, of the profit for the year ended on that date; and

 

 

 

c)

 

in the case of cash flow statement, of the cash flows for the year ended on that date.

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates
Firm registration number: 101049W
Chartered Accountants

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

Mumbai, India

Partner

25 January 2012

Membership No.: 106406

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Annexure referred to in paragraph 3 of our report of even date

 

Re: Patni Computer Systems Limited (the ‘Company’)

 

(i)

 

(a)

 

The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of fixed assets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

All fixed assets have not been physically verified by the management during the year but there is a regular programme of verification which, in our opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size of the Company and the nature of its assets. No material discrepancies were noticed on such verification.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

There was no disposal of a substantial part of fixed assets during the year.

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

Due to the nature of its business, clause 4 (ii) (a) to (c) of the Order, relating to physical verification of inventory are not applicable to the Company and hence not commented upon.

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

 

(a)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loans, secured or unsecured to companies, firms or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 301 of the Act. Accordingly, the provisions of clause 4 (iii) (b) to (d) of the Order are not applicable to the Company and hence not commented upon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not taken any loans, secured or unsecured from companies, firms or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 301 of the Act. Accordingly, the provisions of clause 4 (iii) (f) to (g) of the Order are not applicable to the Company and hence not commented upon.

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

 

In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, there is an adequate internal control system commensurate with the size of the Company and the nature of its business, for the purchase of fixed assets and sale of services. During the course of our audit, we have not observed any major weakness or continuing failure to correct any major weakness in the internal control system of the Company in respect of these areas. The activities of the Company do not involve purchase of inventory and sale of goods.

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

 

(a)

 

According to the information and explanations provided by the management, we are of the opinion that the particulars of contracts or arrangements referred to in section 301 of the Companies Act, 1956 that need to be entered into the register maintained under section 301 have been so entered.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the transactions made in pursuance of such contracts or arrangements and exceeding the value of Rupees five lakhs have been entered into during the financial year at prices which are reasonable having regard to the prevailing market prices at the relevant time.

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

 

The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public.

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

 

In our opinion, the Company has an internal audit system commensurate with the size and nature of its business.

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

 

To the best of our knowledge and as explained, the Central Government has not prescribed maintenance of cost records under clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 209 of the Act for the services of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

 

(a)

 

Undisputed statutory dues including provident fund, investor education and protection fund, employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, wealth-tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty, cess and other material statutory dues have generally been regularly deposited with the appropriate authorities though there has been a slight delay in a few cases.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us, no undisputed amounts payable in respect of provident fund, investor education and protection fund, employees’ state insurance, income-tax, wealth-tax, service tax, sales-tax, customs duty, excise duty cess and other material statutory dues were outstanding, at the year end, for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

According to the records of the Company, the dues outstanding of income-tax, sales-tax, wealth-tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty and cess on account of any dispute, are as follows:

 

 

 

Nature of

 

Amount (GRAPHIC in

 

Period to which the

 

Forum where dispute is

 

Amount Paid
(
GRAPHIC in

Name of the statute

 

the dues

 

thousands)

 

amount relates

 

pending

 

thousands)

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

261,703

 

Assessment Year 2002-03

 

Income Tax Appellate Tribunal

 

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

458,664

 

Assessment Year 2003-04

 

Commissioner of Income tax Appeals (Demand Stayed)

 

66,000

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

630,166

 

Assessment Year 2004-05

 

Income Tax Appellate Tribunal

 

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

1,132,950

 

Assessment Year 2005-06

 

Commissioner of Income tax Appeals

 

239,072

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

1,261,827

 

Assessment Year 2006-07

 

Income Tax Appellate Tribunal

 

Income Tax Act, 1961

 

Income tax

 

1,650,196

 

Assessment Year 2007-08

 

Income Tax Appellate Tribunal

 

 

34



Table of Contents

 

(x)

 

The Company has no accumulated losses at the end of the financial year and it has not incurred cash losses in the current and immediately preceding financial year.

 

 

 

(xi)

 

The Company did not have any dues to any financial institution, bank or debenture holder during the year.

 

 

 

(xii)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on the documents and records produced to us, the Company has not granted loans and advances on the basis of security by way of pledge of shares, debentures and other securities.

 

 

 

(xiii)

 

In our opinion, the Company is not a chit fund or a nidhi / mutual benefit fund / society. Therefore, the provisions of clause 4(xiii) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

 

 

 

(xiv)

 

In our opinion, the Company is not dealing in or trading in shares, securities, debentures and other investments. Accordingly, the provisions of clause 4(xiv) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

 

 

 

(xv)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not given any guarantee for loans taken by others from bank or financial institutions.

 

 

 

(xvi)

 

The Company did not have any term loans outstanding during the year.

 

 

 

(xvii)

 

According to the information and explanations given to us and on an overall examination of the balance sheet of the Company, we report that no funds raised on short-term basis have been used for long-term investment.

 

 

 

(xviii)

 

The Company has not made any preferential allotment of shares to parties or companies covered in the register maintained under section 301 of the Act.

 

 

 

(xix)

 

The Company did not have any outstanding debentures during the year.

 

 

 

(xx)

 

We have verified the end use of money raised by public issues is as disclosed in the Note 13 of Schedule 18 to the financial statements. The Company has not raised any money by public issue during the year.

 

 

 

(xxi)

 

We have been informed that the employee of the Company has misappropriated funds amounting to GRAPHIC 1.22 lakh during the year under audit. Investigations are concluded and employee was dismissed and now the Company is in process of recovering this amount from the employee.

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates
Firm registration number: 101049W
Chartered Accountants

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

Mumbai, India

Partner

25 January 2012

Membership No.: 106406

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

 

Schedules

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

SOURCES OF FUNDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

1

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

Stock options outstanding

 

2

 

149,910

 

242,335

 

Reserves and surplus

 

3

 

33,389,486

 

29,167,937

 

 

 

 

 

33,808,384

 

29,673,110

 

Loan funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured loans

 

4

 

12,011

 

9,773

 

Deferred tax liability (net) (refer Note 6 of Schedule 18)

 

 

 

121,940

 

61,770

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

33,942,335

 

29,744,653

 

APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Gross block

 

 

 

11,760,942

 

11,193,975

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

6,179,006

 

5,242,957

 

Net block

 

 

 

5,581,936

 

5,951,018

 

Capital work-in-progress including capital advances

 

 

 

768,086

 

921,092

 

 

 

 

 

6,350,022

 

6,872,110

 

Investments

 

6

 

22,564,329

 

18,350,292

 

Deferred tax asset (net) (refer Note 6 of Schedule 18)

 

 

 

295,973

 

 

Current assets, loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sundry debtors

 

7

 

4,641,531

 

3,727,779

 

Cash and bank balances

 

8

 

934,583

 

1,669,793

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

 

830,054

 

724,446

 

Loans and advances

 

9

 

3,242,528

 

3,106,837

 

 

 

(A)

 

9,648,696

 

9,228,855

 

Less: Current liabilities and provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

10

 

3,309,616

 

3,055,729

 

Provisions

 

11

 

1,607,069

 

1,650,875

 

 

 

(B)

 

4,916,685

 

4,706,604

 

Net current assets

 

(A-B)

 

4,732,011

 

4,522,251

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

33,942,335

 

29,744,653

 

Notes to Accounts

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

The schedules referred to above and notes to accounts form an integral part of the Balance Sheet.

 

As per our report of even date

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain 

 

Phaneesh Murthy   

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees, except per share data and unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

Schedules

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

 

 

21,516,661

 

 

 

18,912,725

 

Other income

 

12

 

 

 

1,459,574

 

 

 

2,155,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,976,235

 

 

 

21,067,738

 

EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel costs

 

13

 

 

 

12,639,723

 

 

 

9,462,208

 

Selling, general and administration costs

 

14

 

 

 

3,270,072

 

 

 

3,487,841

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

5

 

 

 

1,097,384

 

 

 

919,056

 

Transfer from revaluation reserve

 

3

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(81

)

Interest costs

 

15

 

 

 

29,303

 

 

 

43,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,036,401

 

 

 

13,912,379

 

Profit before tax and before prior period items

 

 

 

 

 

5,939,834

 

 

 

7,155,359

 

Provision for taxes (refer Note 6 of Schedule 18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax

 

 

 

878,139

 

 

 

1,319,198

 

 

 

MAT credit entitlement

 

 

 

(222,482

)

655,657

 

(754,755

)

564,443

 

Deferred tax expenses

 

 

 

 

 

248,253

 

 

 

40,451

 

Profit after tax and before prior period items

 

 

 

 

 

5,035,924

 

 

 

6,550,465

 

Prior period items

 

16

 

 

 

38,083

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,997,841

 

 

 

6,550,465

 

Balance brought forward from previous year

 

 

 

 

 

16,169,496

 

 

 

19,890,408

 

Amount available for appropriation

 

 

 

 

 

21,167,337

 

 

 

26,440,873

 

APPROPRIATIONS :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Dividend on equity shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,221

 

Interim Dividend on equity shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,244,435

 

Tax on Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,369,675

 

Transfer to general reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

655,046

 

Balance carried forward to the balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

21,167,337

 

 

 

16,169,496

 

Earnings per equity share of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

 

 

 

 

37.43

 

 

 

50.35

 

- Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

36.83

 

 

 

48.77

 

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

 

 

 

 

133,514,624

 

 

 

130,101,442

 

- Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

135,718,629

 

 

 

134,301,067

 

Notes to Accounts

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The schedules referred to above and notes to accounts form an integral part of the profit and loss account. 

 

As per our report of even date

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain 

 

Phaneesh Murthy   

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax and before prior period items

 

5,939,834

 

7,155,359

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation, net of transfer from revaluation reserve

 

1,097,304

 

918,975

 

Prior period items

 

(38,083

)

 

Profit on sale of fixed assets, net

 

(268

)

(488

)

Profit on sale of investments, net

 

(345,175

)

(251,872

)

Loss on decline in value in current investments

 

5,689

 

4,110

 

Employee stock compensation cost

 

160,554

 

235,586

 

Dividend income

 

(606,779

)

(509,735

)

Interest income

 

(15,644

)

(61,536

)

Interest expense

 

1,035

 

627

 

Provision for doubtful debts and advances

 

38,585

 

10,697

 

Deferred loss on settled derivatives

 

(1,119,811

)

(5,929

)

Unrealised foreign exchange gain

 

(190,997

)

42,552

 

Operating cash flows before working capital changes

 

4,926,244

 

7,538,346

 

Increase in sundry debtors

 

(797,730

)

(365,466

)

Increase in unbilled revenue

 

(11,723

)

(369,846

)

Increase in loans and advances

 

(72,964

)

(267,508

)

Increase in deferred revenue

 

103,423

 

58,188

 

(Decrease)/Increase in current liabilities and provisions

 

(471,942

)

292,556

 

Cash generated from operations

 

3,675,308

 

6,886,270

 

Income taxes paid

 

(1,024,708

)

(1,341,767

)

Net cash provided by operating activities (A)

 

2,650,600

 

5,544,503

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of fixed assets (including capital advance)

 

(641,068

)

(374,020

)

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

 

11,030

 

22,476

 

Purchase of investments in mutual fund and others

 

(41,262,311

)

(83,890,268

)

Investments in Subsidiary Companies

 

(66,707

)

(999,465

)

Sale of investments in mutual fund and others

 

37,604,469

 

89,461,157

 

Dividend income

 

606,779

 

509,735

 

Interest income

 

21,398

 

66,358

 

Net cash (used) in/provided by investing activities (B)

 

(3,726,410

)

4,795,973

 

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issue of share capital

 

287,958

 

444,872

 

Dividend paid, including dividend tax

 

 

(10,068,358

)

Interest paid

 

(1,035

)

(627

)

Finance lease obligations repaid

 

(6,798

)

(6,832

)

Net cash provided by/(used) in financing activities (C)

 

280,125

 

(9,630,945

)

Effect of exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currency

 

60,475

 

(80,194

)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year (A+B+C)

 

(795,685

)

709,531

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

1,669,793

 

1,040,456

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year, as per Schedule - 8 (refer notes below)

 

934,583

 

1,669,793

 

Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Cash and Bank balance included the following, which are not available for use by the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Investor Education and Protection Fund - Unclaimed dividend

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

 

- Bank guarantees margin

 

4,352

 

3,363

 

2.

The previous year’s figures have been re-classified/re-grouped to conform to current year’s classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

As per our report of even date

 

 

 

 

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

Phaneesh Murthy

Arun Duggal

Partner

CEO & Managing Director

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

Arun Kanakal

 

Principal Finance Officer

Company Secretary

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

Bangalore, India

 

25 January 2012

25 January 2012

 

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees, except per share data and unless otherwise stated)

 

Schedule 1: Share capital

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Authorized

 

 

 

 

 

250,000,000 (2010: 250,000,000) equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Issued, Subscribed and paid up

 

 

 

 

 

134,494,133 (2010: 131,419,080) equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each fully paid

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

 

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

 

a)              Of the above, 110,090,715 (2010: Nil) equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each are held by Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions {75,177,901 (2010: Nil)} and iGATE Global Solutions Limited {14,750,947 (2010: Nil)}, along with iGATE Corporation {20,161,867 (2010: Nil)}, Holding Company.

 

b)             Of the above:

 

i)                 14,500,000 equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each were allotted as fully paid bonus shares in March 1995 by capitalisation of general reserve aggregating GRAPHIC 29,000 and

 

ii)              46,867,500 equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each allotted as fully paid bonus shares in August 2001 by capitalisation of share premium aggregating GRAPHIC 93,735 and

 

iii)           37,140,283 equity shares of GRAPHIC 2 each allotted as fully paid bonus shares in August 2003 by capitalisation of share premium aggregating GRAPHIC 74,281.

 

c)              Above shares are after reducing

 

i)                 Repurchase of 1,650,679 equity shares by utilising the share premium account in December 2002 in persuance of Section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956. In this regard, an amount equivalent to the nominal value of the share capital bought back by the Company aggregating GRAPHIC 3,301 has been transferred from general reserve to capital redemption reserve.

 

ii)              Repurchase of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange for an aggregate consideration of GRAPHIC 2,370,000 being 100% of the amount authorised for buy back. Subsequently, the Company extinguished such equity shares as per the requirements of the Section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956. In this regard an amount equivalent to the nominal value of the share capital bought back by the Company aggregating GRAPHIC 21,914 has been transferred from general reserve to capital redemption reserve which can be utilised only for the purpose of issuing fully paid bonus shares of the Company.

 

d)             Refer Note 9 of Schedule 18 for employee stock options exercised during the year.

 

Schedule 2: Stock options outstanding

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Employee Stock options outstanding

 

162,836

 

483,413

 

Less: Deferred employee compensation outstanding

 

12,926

 

241,078

 

 

 

149,910

 

242,335

 

 

Schedule 3: Reserves and surplus

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Building revaluation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

-  Balance brought forward

 

1,110

 

1,191

 

-  Transfer to profit and loss account

 

(81

)

(81

)

 

 

1,029

 

1,110

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

275,215

 

275,215

 

Securities Premium Account

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

9,435,016

 

8,882,651

 

- Securities premium received on issue of equity shares

 

281,806

 

440,286

 

- Transfer from stock option outstanding

 

251,253

 

112,079

 

 

 

9,968,075

 

9,435,016

 

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 3: Reserves and surplus (Contd.)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Hedging Reserve

 

 

 

 

 

-  Balance brought forward

 

47,127

 

26,007

 

-  Movement during the year (net)

 

(1,310,995

)

21,120

 

 

 

(1,263,868

)

47,127

 

General reserve

 

 

 

 

 

-  Balance brought forward

 

3,239,973

 

2,584,927

 

-  Transfer from Profit and loss account

 

 

655,046

 

-  Transfer from stock option outstanding

 

1,725

 

 

 

 

3,241,698

 

3,239,973

 

Profit and loss account, balance carried forward

 

21,167,337

 

16,169,496

 

 

 

33,389,486

 

29,167,937

 

 

Schedule 4 : Secured loans

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Lease obligation in relation to vehicles acquired under finance lease*

 

12,011

 

9,773

 

 

Finance lease obligations are secured against the vehicles acquired on lease.

 


* Refer Note 5 of Schedule 18 for amount repayable within one year

 

Schedule 5 : Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and other

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture

 

 

 

as at 31

 

as at 31

 

 

 

Land

 

Land

 

 

 

Leasehold

 

Computer

 

service

 

Electrical

 

Office

 

and

 

 

 

December

 

December

 

 

 

(Freehold)

 

(Leasehold)

 

Buildings

 

improvements

 

software

 

equipments

 

installations

 

equipments

 

fixtures

 

Vehicles

 

2011

 

2010

 

Gross block

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

171

 

844,529

 

3,639,554

 

169,938

 

2,023,910

 

1,882,057

 

850,095

 

864,532

 

873,539

 

45,650

 

11,193,975

 

10,845,555

 

Additions(2)

 

 

98,412

 

119,952

 

17,254

 

220,636

 

195,829

 

10,681

 

40,040

 

26,360

 

9,899

 

739,063

 

820,123

 

Deletions

 

 

 

2,538

 

 

83,780

 

29,087

 

1,786

 

19,440

 

6,740

 

28,725

 

172,096

 

471,703

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

171

 

942,941

 

3,756,968

 

187,192

 

2,160,766

 

2,048,799

 

858,990

 

885,132

 

893,159

 

26,824

 

11,760,942

 

11,193,975

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

 

35,005

 

406,199

 

80,826

 

1,397,568

 

1,652,404

 

440,948

 

645,121

 

556,211

 

28,675

 

5,242,957

 

4,773,617

 

Charge for the year

 

 

9,716

 

100,331

 

17,381

 

301,709

 

162,882

 

222,571

 

108,939

 

167,561

 

6,294

 

1,097,384

 

919,056

 

Deletions

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

82,566

 

28,150

 

1,265

 

18,613

 

6,292

 

21,913

 

161,335

 

449,716

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

 

44,721

 

503,994

 

98,207

 

1,616,711

 

1,787,136

 

662,254

 

735,447

 

717,480

 

13,056

 

6,179,006

 

5,242,957

 

Net block as at 31 December 2011

 

171

 

898,220

 

3,252,974

 

88,985

 

544,055

 

261,663

 

196,736

 

149,685

 

175,679

 

13,768

 

5,581,936

 

5,951,018

 

Net block as at 31 December 2010

 

171

 

809,524

 

3,233,355

 

89,112

 

626,342

 

229,653

 

409,147

 

219,411

 

317,328

 

16,975

 

5,951,018

 

 

 

 


Note:

(1)      Gross block of vehicles as of 31 December 2011 includes assets acquired on lease, (refer Note 5 of Schedule 18).

(2)      Addition to fixed assets includes credit on account of refund of service tax of GRAPHIC Nil (2010 : GRAPHIC 33,105) in building and leasehold improvements and GRAPHIC Nil (2010: GRAPHIC 7,734) in computer software

(3)      Capital work-in-progress [including Capital advance of GRAPHIC 317,573 (2010 : GRAPHIC 446,291)] is GRAPHIC 768,086 (2010 : GRAPHIC 921,092)

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 6: Investments

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

A.

Long term Investments (At cost)

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

In subsidiary companies Trade (Unquoted), fully paid up

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,350 (2010: 9,350) equity shares fully paid of Patni Americas, Inc. (no par value)

 

4,605,465

 

4,605,465

 

 

13,848,617 (2010: 13,848, 617) equity shares of 1 pound each fully paid of Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

1,039,809

 

1,039,809

 

 

6,150,000 (2010: 6,150,000) of Euro Contribution towards Capital of Patni Computer Systems – Gmbh

 

381,162

 

381,162

 

 

10,125,237 (2010: 8,245,731) equity shares of 1 SGD each fully paid of Patni (Singapore) PTE Limited

 

341,560

 

274,853

 

 

25,808,100 (2010: 25,808,100) equity shares of 1 pesos each fully paid of PCS Computer Systems Mexico SA de CV

 

93,360

 

93,360

 

 

 

 

6,461,356

 

6,394,649

 

(ii)

Other than Trade and Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

NABARD Term Deposit 10%

 

 

138,006

 

 

Total long term investments (A)

 

6,461,356

 

6,532,655

 

B.

Current Investments (At lower of cost and market value) (Unquoted)*

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds (refer Notes 11 and 13 of Schedule 18)

 

15,646,031

 

9,385,038

 

 

Other Investments (refer Note 11 of Schedule 18)

 

456,942

 

2,432,599

 

 

Total Current Investments (B)

 

16,102,973

 

11,817,637

 

 

Grand Total (A) + (B)

 

22,564,329

 

18,350,292

 

 


Net assets value of current investment in mutual funds and in others as on 31 December 2011 GRAPHIC 16,326,006 (2010: GRAPHIC 12,017,711)

 

Schedule 7: Sundry debtors (Unsecured)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Debts outstanding for a period exceeding six months

 

 

 

 

 

-  considered good

 

177,655

 

113,915

 

-  considered doubtful

 

46,266

 

23,142

 

 

 

223,921

 

137,057

 

Other debts

 

 

 

 

 

-  considered good

 

4,463,876

 

3,613,864

 

-  considered doubtful

 

567

 

1,126

 

 

 

4,464,443

 

3,614,990

 

Less: Provision for doubtful debts

 

46,833

 

24,268

 

 

 

4,641,531

 

3,727,779

 

Amount due from subsidiaries and companies under same management (refer Note 4 of Schedule 18)

 

1,260,525

 

1,402,894

 

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 8: Cash and bank balances

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Cash on hand

 

2,829

 

2,609

 

Money in transit*

 

76

 

411,669

 

Cheques in hand

 

 

14,533

 

Balances with scheduled banks

 

 

 

 

 

- in current accounts

 

498,247

 

199,309

 

- in term deposit account

 

 

500,475

 

- in unpaid dividend accounts

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

Balances with other banks

 

 

 

 

 

- in current accounts (refer Note 12 of Schedule 18)

 

430,766

 

539,243

 

 

 

934,583

 

1,669,793

 

 


*Money in transit represents amount received from subsidiary Company

 

Schedule 9: Loans and advances

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(Unsecured and Consider good, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

 

 

Advances recoverable in cash or in kind or for value to be received

 

 

 

 

 

- Considered good

 

125,496

 

360,632

 

- Considered doubtful

 

3,591

 

4,650

 

MAT credit entitlement

 

1,613,647

 

1,780,322

 

Interest accrued but not due

 

80

 

5,834

 

Premises and other deposits

 

211,945

 

162,479

 

Deposit with tax authorities

 

309,553

 

305,072

 

Loan to employees

 

8,582

 

3,741

 

Advance payments of income-tax (net of provision: GRAPHIC 3,625,371; 2010: GRAPHIC 1,978,986)

 

814,018

 

216,692

 

Service tax receivables

 

144,511

 

47,882

 

Unrealised gain on derivative financial instruments

 

14,696

 

224,183

 

 

 

3,246,119

 

3,111,487

 

Less: Provision for doubtful loans and advances

 

3,591

 

4,650

 

 

 

3,242,528

 

3,106,837

 

 

Schedule 10: Current liabilities

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,250,029

 

1,827,603

 

Deferred revenue

 

339,457

 

263,768

 

Sundry creditors

 

 

 

 

 

total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises (refer Note 10 of Schedule 18)

 

 

 

total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro and small enterprises

 

188,902

 

162,683

 

Payable to subsidiary companies

 

400,852

 

317,428

 

Advance from customers

 

32,130

 

16,252

 

Investor Education and Protection Fund shall be credited by following amounts (as and when due)*

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

Unrealised loss on derivative financial instruments

 

916,050

 

285,074

 

Other liabilities

 

179,531

 

180,966

 

 

 

3,309,616

 

3,055,729

 

 


* There is no amount due and outstanding as at balance sheet date to be credited to Investor Education and Protection Fund.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 11: Provisions

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Provision for taxation (net of advance tax payments: GRAPHIC 571,380 ; 2010: GRAPHIC 1,396,911)

 

1,202,683

 

1,220,645

 

Provision for gratuity

 

114,748

 

94,110

 

Provision for compensated absence

 

265,404

 

205,630

 

Provision for pension benefits

 

1,480

 

112,747

 

Provision for warranty

 

22,754

 

17,743

 

 

 

1,607,069

 

1,650,875

 

 

Schedule 12: Other income

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Dividend on current investment - non-trade

 

606,779

 

509,735

 

Foreign exchange gain, net

 

353,590

 

1,004,544

 

Profit on sale of current investments - non-trade

 

345,175

 

251,872

 

Profit on sale of fixed assets, net

 

268

 

488

 

Interest from:

 

 

 

 

 

-  Loan to employees

 

138

 

252

 

-  Bank deposits (tax deducted at source GRAPHIC 1,193 ; 2010 : GRAPHIC 6,002)

 

7,179

 

44,138

 

-  Others (tax deducted at source GRAPHIC Nil; 2010 : GRAPHIC Nil ) [refer Note 6(c) of Schedule 18]

 

52,055

 

73,144

 

Sundry creditors and advance from customer written back

 

74,916

 

16,118

 

Service tax credit and VAT received

 

9,516

 

237,942

 

Miscellaneous income

 

9,958

 

16,780

 

 

 

1,459,574

 

2,155,013

 

 

Schedule 13: Personnel costs

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Salaries, bonus and allowances, including overseas employee expenses

 

11,804,442

 

8,830,855

 

Employee stock compensation cost

 

194,630

 

235,586

 

Contribution to provident and other funds

 

341,722

 

247,607

 

Staff welfare

 

73,231

 

65,477

 

Pension, gratuity and leave encashment cost (refer Note 14 of Schedule 18)

 

225,698

 

82,683

 

 

 

12,639,723

 

9,462,208

 

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 14: Selling, general and administration costs

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Travel and conveyance

 

857,858

 

915,570

 

Outsourced service charges

 

426,679

 

665,922

 

Legal and professional fees [refer Note 15 (vi) of Schedule 18]

 

174,619

 

220,989

 

Rent

 

277,347

 

308,036

 

Electricity

 

324,432

 

305,130

 

Advertisement and publicity

 

38,610

 

66,428

 

Rates and taxes

 

24,595

 

27,416

 

Recruitment and training charges

 

90,085

 

127,331

 

Insurance

 

92,083

 

61,018

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

-  computers

 

188,506

 

164,970

 

-  building

 

47,484

 

35,144

 

-  others

 

21,054

 

6,543

 

Provision for doubtful debts and advances

 

38,585

 

10,697

 

Loss on decline in value of current investments

 

5,689

 

4,112

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

662,446

 

568,535

 

 

 

3,270,072

 

3,487,841

 

 

Schedule 15: Interest costs

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Interest on finance lease obligations

 

1,035

 

627

 

Interest on tax assessments

 

27,817

 

32,971

 

Interest on others

 

451

 

9,757

 

 

 

29,303

 

43,355

 

 

Schedule 16: Prior Period Items

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Deferred cost for revenue contracts

 

38,083

 

 

 

 

38,083

 

 

 

Schedule 17: Earning per equity share (EPS)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Net profit as per Profit and Loss Account for computation of EPS

 

4,997,841

 

6,550,465

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding in computation of basic EPS

 

133,514,624

 

130,101,442

 

Dilutive effect of stock option outstanding

 

2,204,005

 

4,199,625

 

Weighted average number of equity shares and equity equivalent shares outstanding in computating diluted EPS

 

135,718,629

 

134,301,067

 

Nominal value of equity share (in GRAPHIC)

 

2

 

2

 

Earning per equity share (in GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

37.43

 

50.35

 

- Diluted

 

36.83

 

48.77

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 18 : Notes to financial statements

 

1.                            Background

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited (“Patni”) is a company incorporated in India under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. In February 2004, Patni completed an initial public offering of its equity shares in India. In December 2005, Patni also completed an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares in the United States of America (USA).

 

Patni together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Patni Group” or “the Company”) is engaged in IT consulting, software development and Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”). The Company provides multiple service offerings to its clients across various industries including banking and insurance; manufacturing, retail and distribution; life sciences; product engineering; communications, media and entertainment; and utilities. The various service offerings include application development and maintenance, enterprise software and systems integration services, business and technology consulting, product engineering services, infrastructure management services, customer interaction and BPO, quality assurance and engineering services.

 

On 12 May 2011, the Company was acquired by iGATE Corporation (“iGATE”) through two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions, (“iGATE Mauritius”), and iGATE Global Solutions Limited (“iGS” and, together with iGATE Mauritius, the “Purchasers”). The acquisition involved acquiring 60,091,202 shares or 45.0% of the outstanding share capital from the promoters of the Company and 22,913,948 shares (inclusive of the American Depositary Shares representing 20,161,867 shares) or 17.1% of the outstanding share capital of the Company from General Atlantic Mauritius Limited. Further in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeover) Regulations, 1997, as amended, and a tender offer pursuant to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Purchasers also acquired an additional 27,085,565 shares or 20.3% of the outstanding shares of the Company through a mandatory open public offer made on 8 April 2011 to the other shareholders of the Company.

 

As of 31 December 2011, iGATE Corporation holds 81.9% of outstanding shares.

 

2.                            Significant accounting policies

 

(a)              Basis of preparation of financial statements

 

The financial statements have been prepared to comply with the Accounting Standards notified by Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, (as amended) the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and guidelines issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) in India, under the historical cost convention with the exception of land and buildings of Patni, which have been revalued, on the accrual basis of accounting. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention on an accrual basis except for certain financial instruments which are measured at fair values. The accounting policies have been consistently applied by the Company and are consistent with those used in the previous year.

 

(b)              Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the results of operations during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based upon management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

(c)               Fixed assets and depreciation/amortisation

 

Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, except for items of land and buildings which were revalued in March 1995. Cost includes inward freight, duties, taxes and incidental expenses related to acquisition and installation of the asset. Depreciation is provided on the Straight Line Method (‘SLM’) based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as determined by the management. For additions and disposals, depreciation is provided pro-rata for the period of use. Lease hold land is amortised over the period of lease.

 

With effect from 1 April 2011, the Company has aligned the estimated useful lives of furniture and fixtures and electrical installations with those followed by iGATE Corporation, its ultimate parent Company.

 

The rates of depreciation based on the estimated useful lives of fixed assets are higher than those prescribed under Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956. The useful lives of fixed assets are stated below:

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.                            Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

Asset

 

Useful life (in years)

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

40

 

Leasehold land

 

Over the lease term

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Over the lease term or 9 years, whichever is shorter

 

Computers, computer software and other service equipments

 

3-5

 

Electrical installations

 

5

 

Office equipments

 

5

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

5

 

Vehicles

 

4-5

 

 

Fixed assets individually costing upto GRAPHIC 5000 are depreciated over a period of 12 months from the date of purchase.

 

(d)                   Impairment of assets

 

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date if there is any indication of impairment based on internal/external factors. An impairment loss is recognized wherever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the asset.

 

(e)                    Leases

 

Finance leases, which effectively transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the lower of the fair value and present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease term and disclosed as leased assets. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability based on the implicit rate of return. Finance charges are charged directly against income.

 

Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased item, are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the Profit and Loss account on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(f)                      Revenue and cost recognition

 

The Company derives its revenues primarily from software services and BPO services. Revenue from time-and-material contracts is recognized as related services are rendered. The Company’s fixed price contracts include application maintenance and support services, on which revenue is recognized rateably over the term of maintenance. Revenue with respect to other fixed price contracts is recognized on a proportional performance method where the price for an entire project is agreed upon for a pre-determined fee before the project starts.

 

Unbilled revenue represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. These amounts are billed after the milestones specified in the agreement are achieved and the customer acceptance for the same is received. Billings in excess of revenue recognized is disclosed as deferred revenue and is grouped under current liability.

 

i)                Software services

 

Provision for estimated losses on uncompleted fixed price contracts are made in the year in which such losses are determined.

 

The Company grants volume discounts to certain customers, which are computed based on a pre-determined percentage of the total revenues from those customers during a specified period, as per the terms of the contract. These discounts are earned only after the customer has provided a specified cumulative level of revenues in the specified period. The Company reports revenues net of discounts offered to customers.

 

Revenue on maintenance contracts is recognized rateably over the term of maintenance.

 

Revenues are shown net of sales tax, value added tax, service tax and applicable discounts and allowances.

 

ii)            BPO services

 

Revenues from BPO Services are derived from both time-based and transaction-priced contracts. Revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contracts with the customer.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.                            Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

iii)             Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recognized when the Company’s right to receive dividend is established. Interest income is recognized on the time proportion basis.

 

(g)              Employee retirement and other benefits

 

Provident fund

 

Retirement benefits in the form of Provident Fund is a defined contribution scheme and the contributions are charged to the Profit and Loss Account of the year when the contributions to the respective funds are due. There are no other obligations other than the contribution payable to the respective funds.

 

Gratuity

 

Gratuity liability is defined benefit obligation and is provided for on the basis of an actuarial valuation on projected unit made at the end of each financial year.

 

Pension

 

Certain directors of the Group are entitled to receive pension benefit upon retirement or on termination from employment @ 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible director reaches the age of sixty-five in respect of Founder directors of Patni India and is payable to the director or the surviving spouse. The liability for pension is actuarially determined by an independent actuary at the end of each financial year using the Projected Unit Credit Method, which recognizes each period of service as giving rise to additional unit of employee benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

 

Others

 

The Company’s liabilities towards compensated absences are determined on the basis of actuarial valuations, as at balance sheet date, carried out by an independent actuary using Projected Unit Credit Method. Actuarial gain and losses comprise experience adjustments and the effects of changes in actuarial assumption and are recognized immediately in the Profit and Loss Account.

 

(h)              Foreign currency transactions

 

India Operations

 

Transactions in foreign currency are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the year-end are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Exchange rate differences resulting from foreign exchange transactions settled during the year, including year-end translation of monetary assets and liabilities are recognized in the profit and loss account. Non-monetary foreign currency items which are carried in terms of historical cost are reported using the exchange rate at the date of transactions.

 

Foreign branch office Integral operations

 

Income and Expenditure other than depreciation costs are translated into the reporting currency at the prevailing exchange rates at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at balance sheet date are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the date of the balance sheet. Fixed assets are translated at exchange rates on the date of the transaction and depreciation on fixed assets is translated at the exchange rates used for translation of the underlying fixed assets. Net exchange difference resulting from translation of items, in the financial statements of the foreign branches is recognized in the profit and loss account.

 

Hedging

 

a)                   Cash flow hedging

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments (foreign currency forward and option contracts) to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations relating to certain forecasted transactions.

 

The use of foreign currency forward contracts and options are governed by the Company’s policies, which provide written principles on the use of such financial derivatives consistent with the Company’s risk management strategy. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.                            Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

The derivative instruments are initially measured at fair value, and are remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with recognition and measurement principles of AS - 30 “Financial Instruments : Recognition and Measurement”.

 

In respect of derivative contracts which are replaced with successive new contracts up to the period in which the forecasted transactions are expected to occur (roll-over hedging), the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, are recorded in hedging reserve account under reserves until the hedged transactions occur and at that time are recognized in the profit and loss account. Accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price i.e. forward premium/discount are excluded from assessment of hedge effectiveness and is recognized in Profit and Loss Account and are included in foreign exchange gain (loss).

 

In respect of derivative contracts which hedge the foreign currency risk associated with the both anticipated sales transaction and the collection thereof i.e. dual purpose hedges, the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on overall changes in fair value, and the effective portion of gains or losses are included in hedging reserve account under reserves. Effective portion of gain or loss attributable to forecasted sales are reclassified from hedging reserve account under reserves and recognized in Profit and Loss Account when the sales occur. Post the date of sales, the Company reclassifies an amount from hedging reserve account under reserves to earnings to offset foreign currency translation gain/loss recorded for receivable during the period. Further, the Company determines the amount of cost to be ascribed to each period of the hedging relationship based on the functional currency interest rate implicit in the hedging relationship and recognizes this cost by reclassifying from hedging reserve account under reserves to Profit and Loss Account for recognized receivables based on pro-rata method.

 

Hedge accounting is discontinued from the last testing date when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Cumulative gain or loss on such hedging instrument recognized in shareholders’ funds is retained there until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognized in shareholders’ funds is transferred to profit and loss account for the year.

 

b)                   Hedging of monetary assets and liabilities

 

The premium or discount arising at the inception of forward exchange contracts and option is amortised as expense or income over the life of the contract. Exchange differences on such contracts are recognized in the statement of profit and loss in the year in which the exchange rates change. Any profit or loss arising on cancellation or renewal of forward exchange contract is recognized as income or as expense for the year.

 

(i)                 Investments

 

Trade investments are the investments made to enhance the Company’s business interests. Investments that are readily realisable and intended to be held for not more than a year are classified as current investments. All other investments are classified as long-term investments. Current investments are carried at lower of cost and fair value determined on an individual investment basis. Long-term investments are carried at cost. However, provision for diminution in value is made to recognize a decline other than temporary in the value of the investments.

 

(j)                 Taxation

 

Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current income tax expense comprises taxes on income from operations in India and in foreign jurisdictions. Income tax payable in India is determined in accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and tax expense relating to overseas operations is determined in accordance with tax laws applicable in countries where such operations are domiciled.

 

Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized on timing differences being the difference between taxable income and accounting income that originate in one period and are capable of reversal in one or more subsequent periods.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to the taxes on income levied by the same governing taxation laws.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. In situations where the Company has unabsorbed depreciation or carry forward tax losses, all deferred tax assets are recognized only if there is virtual certainty supported by convincing evidence that they can be realised against future taxable profits.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.                            Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

At each balance sheet date the Company re-assesses recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets. The Company writes-down the carrying amount of a deferred tax asset to the extent that it is no longer reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be realised. Any such write-down is reversed to the extent that it becomes reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available. The Company recognizes unrecognized deferred tax assets to the extent that it has become reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised.

 

Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT) credit is recognized as an asset only when and to the extent there is convincing evidence that the Company will pay normal income tax during the specified period. In the year in which the MAT credit becomes eligible to be recognized as an asset in accordance with the recommendations contained in guidance note issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the said asset is created by way of a credit to the profit and loss account and shown as MAT Credit Entitlement. The Company reviews the same at each balance sheet date and writes down the carrying amount of MAT Credit Entitlement to the extent there is no longer convincing evidence to the effect that Company will pay normal income tax during the specified period.

 

(k)             Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

 

(I)                 Provisions and contingent liabilities

 

Warranty costs on sale of services are accrued based on management’s estimates and historical data at the time related revenues are recorded.

 

The Company creates a provision when there is present obligation as a result of a past event that probably requires an outflow of resources embodying in economic benefits and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. A disclosure for a contingent liability is made when there is a possible obligation or a present obligation that may, but probably will not, require an outflow of resources. When there is a possible obligation or a present obligation in respect of which the likelihood of outflow of resources is remote, no provision or disclosure is made.

 

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources would be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

 

Contingent assets are not recognized in the financial statements. However, contingent assets are assessed continually and if it is virtually certain that an inflow of economic benefits will arise, the asset and related income are recognized in the period in which the change occurs.

 

(m)           Employee stock options

 

The Company determines the compensation cost based on intrinsic value method. The compensation cost is amortized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Measurement and disclosure of the employee share-based payment plans is done in accordance with SEBI (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999 and the Guidance Note on Accounting for Employee Share-based Payments, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

 

(n)              Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of cash flow statement comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

 

3.                            Segmental Information

 

In accordance with paragraph 4 of Accounting Standard 17 “Segment Reporting” the Company has presented segmental information only in the consolidated financial statements (refer Note 4 of Schedule 19 of the consolidated financial statements) of the Company.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.

Related party transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Related parties where control exists

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Category of related parties

 

 

 

Holding Company and ultimate holding companies

 

 

 

iGATE Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

iGATE Holding Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions, (Mauritius)

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Subsidiaries (Companies under the same management)

 

 

 

Patni Americas, Inc., USA

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Inc., USA

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

 

 

Patni Life Sciences Inc., USA

merged with Patni Americas, Inc., USA in

 

 

 

October 2010

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Brasil Ltda.

dissolved in October 2010

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o

 

 

 

PCS Computer Systems, Mexico, SA de CV

 

 

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte Limited

 

 

 

CHCS Services Inc., USA

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc.

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co., Limited

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Software (Dalian) Limited

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee

 

 

 

Superannuation Trust

 

 

 

Joint Ventures

 

 

 

J R Kyushu Patni Systems Inc.

 

 

(b)

Related parties with whom transactions have taken place during the year

 

 

Holding Company and ultimate holding companies

 

 

 

iGATE Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

iGATE Technologies (Canada) Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

Patni Americas, Inc., USA

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Inc., USA

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o

 

 

 

PCS Computer Systems, Mexico, SA de CV

 

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.         Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

 

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte Limited

 

 

 

 

CHCS Services Inc., USA

 

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc.

 

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co., Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entities over which the key management personnel exercise significant influence (Affiliates)

 

 

 

 

PCS Technology Limited and its subsidiaries

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

PCS Finance Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Ravi & Ashok Enterprises

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

iSolutions Inc.

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

Members of Patni family and their relatives (ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011)

1)

Sadhana A. Patni

 

 

2)

Amit Kumar G. Patni

 

 

 

3)

Rajnikanta G. Patni

 

 

 

4)

Apoorva A. Patni

 

 

 

5)

Arihant G. Patni

 

 

 

6)

Shruti Arihant Patni

 

 

 

7)

Ruchi Patni

 

 

 

8)

Aysuhi Amitkumar Patni

 

 

 

9)

Aakriti Amitkumar Patni

 

 

 

10)

Poonam Patni

 

 

 

11)

Vasoondhara A. Patni

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Others (Significant influence)

 

 

 

 

Anirudh Patni

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

(c)

Key management personnel and relative of key management personnel (KMP)

 

 

 

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

resigned with effect from 8 February 2011

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

appointed as CEO & Managing Director with effect from 12 May 2011

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.         Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

(d) Transactions and balances with related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parties with

 

 

 

 

 

Holding

 

Fellow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

substantial

 

 

 

Nature of the transaction

 

Company

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Affiliates

 

KMP

 

interest

 

Others

 

Transactions during the year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

 

66,707

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

171,398

 

 

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

Sales & Service income

 

183,022

 

127,829

 

4,957,205

 

 

 

6,906

 

 

Purchase of Fixed Assets

 

 

10,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Fees

 

 

 

3,324

 

 

 

 

 

Amount incurred on behalf of fellow subsidiary/ subsidiary/ affiliates

 

 

10,406

 

227,679

 

 

 

 

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

16,390

 

36,612

 

2,356

 

 

 

 

Cost/reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Reimbursement

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

 

 

 

-Payroll Cost

 

 

 

3,702,287

 

 

 

 

 

-Subcontractor Cost

 

 

 

214,344

 

 

 

 

 

-Other Cost

 

 

 

270,462

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,233

 

Purchase of Services

 

 

14,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation cost

 

34,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other services

 

 

11,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits received

 

 

 

5,501

 

1,545

 

 

 

 

Balances at 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

 

6,461,355

 

 

 

 

 

Security deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debtors

 

119,351

 

87,225

 

1,053,949

 

 

 

 

 

Unbilled revenue

 

16,116

 

64,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

13,012

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

5,264

 

17,863

 

400,852

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions during the year ended 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

 

999,465

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

122,604

 

 

 

No. of RSUs granted

 

 

 

 

 

240,500

 

 

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

5,243,689

 

 

 

18,433

 

 

Sale of vehicle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,681

 

Professional fees expense

 

 

 

9,076

 

 

 

 

 

Reimbursement of expenses by subsidiaries

 

 

 

200,020

 

 

 

 

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

 

25,890

 

4,328

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

 

1,204,856

 

885,846

 

3,387,638

 

 

Amounts incurred by subsidiary on behalf of the Company

 

 

 

2,607,124

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Balances at 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

 

6,394,648

 

 

 

 

 

Security deposits paid

 

 

 

 

1,748

 

 

 

 

Debtors

 

 

 

1,402,894

 

 

 

2,921

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts payable

 

 

 

317,428

 

2,849

 

 

 

 

Remuneration payable to the directors

 

 

 

 

 

54,989

 

 

 

Provision for pension benefits

 

 

 

 

 

112,747

 

 

 

Stock option outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

34,821

 

 

 

 

Capital Commitment to subsidiary company during the year ended 31 December 2011, not included above   708; (2010 :   711). Refer Note 15 (i) of Schedule 18 for Managerial remuneration

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.         Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

Out of the above, transactions with related parties in excess of 10% of the total related party transactions are as under:

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Transactions during the year

 

 

 

 

 

i)

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

162,707

 

128,879

 

ii)

 

No of RSU’s g ranted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

240,500

 

iii)

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

60

 

100

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

40

 

100

 

iv)

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

183,022

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

86,095

 

 

 

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

 

41,734

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas,Inc.,USA

 

4,077,452

 

4,425,569

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

851,724

 

635,939

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

6,906

 

18,433

 

v)

 

Purchase of Fixed Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

10,215

 

 

vi)

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iSolutions Inc.

 

 

1,204,856

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

 

1,512,321

 

 

 

Mr. Arihant G. Patni

 

 

322,766

 

 

 

Ms. Vasoondhara A. Patni

 

 

330,000

 

 

 

Key Management Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

 

476,771

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

 

269,894

 

 

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

 

 

139,181

 

vii)

 

Sale of vehicle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Anirudh Patni

 

 

1,681

 

viii)

 

Professional fees expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas, Inc.,USA

 

3,324

 

9,076

 

ix)

 

Amount incurred on behalf of fellow subsidiary/ subsidiary/ affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

10,406

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas,Inc.,USA

 

58,008

 

95,117

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

50,097

 

45,254

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

44,185

 

31,323

 

 

 

CHCS Services Inc., USA

 

32,897

 

4,699

 

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.         Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

Out of the above, transactions with related parties in excess of 10% of the total related party transactions are as under: (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Transactions during the year (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

x)

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

16,390

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

36,612

 

25,890

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

684

 

1,396

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

953

 

1,531

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

598

 

1,281

 

xi)

 

Cost/Reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas,Inc.,USA

 

3,656,523

 

2,201,333

 

xii)

 

Purchase of services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

14,072

 

 

xiii)

 

ESOP Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

34,076

 

 

xiv)

 

Other services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

11,182

 

 

xv)

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

 

547,440

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

 

243,859

 

 

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte. Limited

 

66,707

 

208,165

 

xvi)

 

Deposits received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

5,240

 

5,240

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

540

 

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

525

 

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

450

 

 

xvii)

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

92,233

 

30,000

 

 

 

Balances as at the year end

 

 

 

 

 

i)

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas, Inc., USA

 

4,605,465

 

4,605,465

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

1,039,809

 

1,039,809

 

ii)

 

Security deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

 

591

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

 

627

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

 

501

 

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

4.         Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

Out of the above, transactions with related parties in excess of 10% of the total related party transactions are as under: (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Balances as at the year end (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

iii)

 

Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

119,351

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

84,113

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas, Inc.,USA

 

370,005

 

913,736

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

577,181

 

366,882

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

 

2,921

 

iv)

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

16,116

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

27,864

 

 

 

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

 

37,080

 

 

v)

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas,Inc.,USA

 

13,012

 

 

vi)

 

Amounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

5,264

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

17,863

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patni Americas,Inc., USA

 

121,536

 

239,201

 

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

118,056

 

43,319

 

 

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

138,194

 

22,722

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

 

847

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

 

808

 

vii)

 

Remuneration payable to the directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

54,989

 

viii)

 

Stock option outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

34,821

 

ix)

 

Provision for pension benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

 

65,541

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

 

47,205

 

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

5.     Leases

 

Finance lease :

 

The Company has acquired certain vehicles under finance lease for a non-cancellable period of 4 to 5 years. At the inception of the lease, fair value of such vehicles has been recorded as an asset under gross block of vehicles with a corresponding lease obligation recorded under secured loans. There is no escalation clause in the lease agreement. There are no restriction imposed by lease arrangements. Fixed assets include the following amounts in relation to the above leased assets:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

As at

 

2011

 

2010

 

Gross block of vehicles

 

22,512

 

18,524

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

9,625

 

8,805

 

Net block

 

12,887

 

9,719

 

 

Total minimum lease payments and maturity profile of finance leases at the balance sheet date, the element of interest included in such payments, and the present value of the minimum lease payments as of 31 December 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum

 

included in

 

Present value of

 

 

 

lease payments

 

minimum lease

 

minimum lease

 

Particulars

 

outstanding

 

payments

 

payments

 

31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No later than one year

 

5,241

 

1,411

 

3,830

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

9,660

 

1,479

 

8,181

 

Totals

 

14,901

 

2,890

 

12,011

 

31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No later than one year

 

4,494

 

789

 

3,705

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

6,877

 

809

 

6,068

 

Totals

 

11,371

 

1,598

 

9,773

 

 

Operating lease :

 

The Company has taken certain office spaces and accommodation for its employees under operating lease agreements, which expires at various dates through year 2015. Some of the lease agreement have a price escalation clause. The lease rental expense recognized in the profit and loss account for the year is GRAPHIC 255,443 (2010 : GRAPHIC 308,036). The escalation amount for non-cancellable operating lease payable in future years and accounted for by the Company is GRAPHIC 10,709. There are no subleases. Future minimum lease payments and the payment profile of non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

No later than one year

 

37,443

 

21,597

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

73,460

 

73,403

 

Totals

 

110,903

 

95,000

 

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

6.     Taxes

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

a)      Provision for tax expense consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes

 

 

 

 

 

-     Indian (Refer Note c)

 

914,072

 

1,257,624

 

-     Foreign

 

(35,933

)

61,574

 

-     MAT credit entitlement

 

(222,482

)

(754,755

)

 

 

655,657

 

564,443

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

-     Indian

 

184,214

 

40,201

 

-     Foreign

 

64,039

 

250

 

 

 

248,253

 

40,451

 

 

 

903,910

 

604,894

 

 

b)    The significant components of deferred tax asset and liability consists of the following:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for retirement benefits

 

114,508

 

90,578

 

Provision for bad and doubtful debts

 

16,212

 

368

 

Unrealised loss on derivative contracts

 

240,464

 

58,298

 

Depreciation

 

(85,606

)

(171,423

)

Others

 

10,395

 

4,247

 

Total deferred tax asset, net

 

295,973

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

US branch profit taxes

 

(147,070

)

(68,372

)

Others

 

25,130

 

24,534

 

Total deferred tax liability

 

(121,940

)

(61,770

)

 

c)     The Statute of limitation period for the March 2008 and March 2007 tax return of the US Branch of the Company expired in December 2011 and December 2010 respectively i.e. on expiry of 3 years from the date of filing which was 15 December 2008 and 15 December 2007. Hence the Company has reversed the provision for that year on account of taxes and interest. Accordingly the following amounts have been included in the Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010.

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Reversal of interest expense*

 

(43,341

)

(47,572

)

Decrease in income taxes -current

 

(354,501

)

(301,064

)

Increase in income taxes -deferred

 

7,883

 

19,145

 

Total

 

(389,959

)

(329,491

)

 


*  Included in ‘Other Income’

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

7.     Commitments and Contingent liabilities

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

i)     Capital and other commitments

 

 

 

 

 

a)              Capital commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated amount of unexecuted capital contracts (net of advances)

 

135,283

 

2,435,404

 

b)             Outstanding letter of credit

 

4,404

 

 

 

 

139,687

 

2,435,404

 

ii)    Contingent Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

a)              Disputed Income Tax

 

5,395,509

 

3,745,312

 

b)             Bank guarantees

 

46,041

 

173,054

 

 

 

5,441,550

 

3,918,366

 

 

Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for includes cases wherein purchase orders have been released and work has either not commenced or has been partially completed.

 

The Company has received the Income Tax Demand orders, amounting to GRAPHIC 5,395,509 for the relevant Assessment Years (A.Y) 2002-03, 2003-04, 2004-05, 2005-06, 2006-07, 2007-08. The assessment orders demand is raised mainly on account of disallowance of certain 10A benefits and transfer pricing adjustment on account of interest on delayed recoveries from Associated Enterprises and BPO operation. Although the Company has paid certain amounts related to these demands pending various levels of appeals, management considers these disallowances as not tenable against the Company, and therefore no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

 

In December 2011, the income tax department has issued the draft assessment order for A.Y. 2008-09 disallowing the tax benefits under Section 10A of the Act as per the earlier assessments, as well as making a transfer pricing adjustment for delayed recoveries from the Associated Enterprises. The Company has filed the objections against the draft order before the Dispute Resolution Panel newly set up under the Income Tax Act. Management considers these disallowances as not tenable against the Company, and therefore no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

 

The Company is involved in lawsuits and claims which arise in ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

8.     Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

Foreign currency forward and option contracts

 

The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets/liabilities, forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency. The use of derivatives to hedge foreign currency forecasted cash flows is governed by the Company’s strategy, which provides principles on the use of such forward contracts and currency options consistent with the Company’s Risk Management Policy. The counter party in these derivative instruments are banks and the Company considers the risks of non-performance by the counter party as non-material. A majority of the forward foreign exchange/ option contracts mature between one to seventeen months and the forecasted transactions are expected to occur during the same period. The Company does not use forward contracts and currency options for speculative purposes.

 

The following table presents the aggregate contracted principal amounts of the Company’s derivative contracts outstanding:-

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Sell Covers

 

INR equivalent

 

INR equivalent

 

USD/INR

 

18,112,031

 

13,826,828

 

JPY/USD

 

51,421

 

274,806

 

GBP/USD

 

1,097,753

 

605,482

 

EUR/INR

 

113,297

 

 

 

 

19,374,502

 

14,707,116

 

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

8.     Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting (Contd.)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Forward options

 

2011

 

2010

 

Range Forward

 

 

 

 

 

USD/INR

 

265,300

 

223,500

 

 

 

265,300

 

223,500

 

 

The following table summarizes activity in the hedging reserve related to all derivative financial instruments classified as cash flow hedges during the years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

(Loss)/Gain as at the beginning of the year

 

(36,132

)

77,008

 

Unrealised gain on cash flow hedging derivatives during the year

 

716,736

 

377,621

 

Net income reclassified into profit and loss account on occurrence of hedged transactions

 

1,093,265

 

(490,761

)

Gain/(Loss) as at the end of the year (refer Note 1 and 2 below)

 

1,773,869

 

(36,132

)

 

As of the balance sheet date, the Company’s net foreign currency exposure that is not hedged is GRAPHIC 29,780 (2010 : GRAPHIC 42,604).

 

Notes:

 

1.     Balance as at year end is inclusive of deferred tax liability of GRAPHIC 510,001 (2010 : GRAPHIC 10,996).

 

2.     At 31 December 2011, the estimated net amount of existing gain that is expected to be reclassified into the profit and loss account within the next twelve months is GRAPHIC 1,774,862 (2010 : GRAPHIC 295,732).

 

9.     Employee stock compensation plans

 

On 30 June 2003, Patni established the ‘Patni ESOP 2003’ plan (‘the plan’). Under the plan, the Company is authorised to issue up to 11,142,085 equity shares to eligible employees. Employees covered by the Plan are granted an option, which may be based on service or performance criteria, to purchase shares of the Company subject to the requirements of vesting. The options vest in a graded manner from one year to four years and expire at the end of five years from the date of vesting. The Stock based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting term of each separately vesting portion of an award (accelerated amortization method). A compensation committee constituted by the Board of Directors of the Company administers the plan. The plan has been amended to enable the Company to issue up to 2,000,000 ADR linked options (wherein one ADR linked option is equal to two equity shares of the Company) to the employees of the Company as well as its subsidiaries. Accordingly, “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2009” has come into force with effect from 21 June 2006. The same has been approved by shareholders in it’s meeting held on 30 June 2003.

 

In June 2009, the shareholders authorized the Company to issue upto an additional 8,000,000 equity shares to eligible employees under the 2003 ESOP Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “ESOP Plan”).

 

The exercise price of the grant approximated the fair value of the underlying equity shares at the date of the grant, except in the case of restricted stock units, where in the exercise price for the grants offered to employees is at face value of the share price.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

9.     Employee stock compensation plans (Contd.)

 

Stock options*activity under the plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

remaining

 

 

 

Shares arising

 

Range of

 

Average

 

contractual life

 

 

 

out of options

 

exercise prices

 

Exercise Price

 

(months)

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

2,315,895

 

2

 

2

 

59

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

68

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

71

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

145

 

17

 

 

 

1,078,460

 

254-338

 

332

 

37

 

 

 

1,355,740

 

339-493

 

440

 

49

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

6,501,948

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

20,250

 

2

 

2

 

85

 

Granted during the year

 

20,250

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

288,987

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

2,980

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

134,588

 

254-338

 

334

 

 

 

 

436,070

 

339-493

 

452

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

862,625

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

1,611,627

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

106

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

 

 

 

35,124

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

390,997

 

254-338

 

330

 

 

 

 

137,305

 

339-493

 

412

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

3,075,053

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

Expired during the year

 

16,751

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

74,674

 

254-338

 

338

 

 

 

 

48,599

 

339-493

 

446

 

 

Expired during the year

 

140,024

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

435,531

 

2

 

2

 

60

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

106

 

 

 

 

46,998

 

145

 

145

 

11

 

 

 

478,201

 

254-338

 

333

 

34

 

 

 

733,766

 

339-493

 

438

 

39

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

2,444,496

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

342,481

 

2

 

 

56

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

46,998

 

145

 

 

11

 

 

 

369,626

 

254-338

 

 

26

 

 

 

661,516

 

339-493

 

 

31

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

2,170,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

9.     Employee stock compensation plans (Contd.)

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

remaining

 

 

 

Shares arising

 

Range of

 

Average

 

contractual life

 

 

 

out of options

 

exercise prices

 

Exercise Price

 

(months)

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

2,246,900

 

2

 

2

 

72

 

 

 

277,675

 

145

 

145

 

24

 

 

 

274,000

 

112

 

112

 

82

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

80

 

 

 

2,279,076

 

254-338

 

332

 

40

 

 

 

1,806,926

 

339-493

 

437

 

57

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

8,384,577

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

1,043,940

 

2

 

2

 

90

 

 

 

60,000

 

339-493

 

471

 

61

 

Granted during the year

 

1,103,940

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

6,000

 

145

 

145

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

6,000

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

832,217

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

124,000

 

112

 

112

 

 

 

 

155,846

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

957,483

 

254-338

 

333

 

 

 

 

184,922

 

339-493

 

407

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

2,254,468

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

Expired during the year

 

142,728

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

13,976

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

243,133

 

254-338

 

327

 

 

 

 

326,264

 

339-493

 

447

 

 

Expired during the year

 

726,101

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

2,315,895

 

2

 

2

 

59

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

68

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

71

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

145

 

17

 

 

 

1,078,460

 

254-338

 

332

 

37

 

 

 

1,355,740

 

339-493

 

440

 

49

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

6,501,948

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

264,354

 

2

 

 

52

 

 

 

375,000

 

106

 

 

50

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

 

17

 

 

 

789,210

 

254-338

 

 

26

 

 

 

951,240

 

339-493

 

 

36

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

2,481,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Includes stock options granted to employees of subsidiary companies.

 

The Company has allotted 3,075,053 (2010: 2,293,048) number of shares at par value of GRAPHIC 2 per share to the employee’s on the exercise of the options for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

The Company uses the intrinsic value method of accounting for its employee stock options. The Company has therefore adopted the pro-forma disclosure provisions as required by the Guidance Note on “Accounting for Employee Share-based payments” issued by the ICAI with effect from 1 April 2005. Had the compensation cost been determined in a manner consistent with the fair value approach described in the aforesaid Guidance Note, Patni’s net profit and EPS as reported would have been adjusted to the pro-forma amounts indicated below:

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

9.     Employee stock compensation plans (Contd.)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Profit for the year after taxation as reported

 

5,035,924

 

6,550,465

 

Add: Stock based employee compensation determined under the intrinsic value method

 

194,630

 

235,586

 

Less: Stock based employee compensation determined under the fair value method

 

174,441

 

299,178

 

Pro-forma profit

 

5,056,113

 

6,486,873

 

Reported earnings per equity share of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

37.43

 

50.35

 

- Diluted

 

36.83

 

48.77

 

Pro-forma earnings per equity share of GRAPHIC 2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

37.87

 

49.86

 

- Diluted

 

37.25

 

48.30

 

 

The stock based compensation disclosed above is with respect to all stock options granted on or after 1 April 2005.

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for Equity Linked Options:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Dividend yield

 

0.67

%

0.60% - 1.06

%

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.67

%

0.68

%

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

3.5 - 6.5 years

 

Risk free interest rates

 

8.29% - 8.37

%

6.81% - 7.96

%

Volatility

 

38.47% - 39.13

%

37.69% - 42.84

%

Weighted Average Volatility

 

38.84

%

41.85

%

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for ADR Linked Options:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Dividend yield

 

0.68

%

0.60% - 1.06

%

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.68

%

0.64

%

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

1.0 - 6.5 years

 

Risk free interest rates

 

0.58% - 1.15

%

0.48% - 2.93

%

Volatility

 

38.27% - 40.64

%

30.54% - 46.33

%

Weighted average volatility

 

39.71

%

32.14

%

 

The expected volatility was determined based on historical volatility data.

 

The compensation expense for RSU’s granted is accounted as per intrinsic value method and shown under the head personnel cost as stated below:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Personnel cost

 

194,630

 

235,586

 

 

10.  Amounts due to micro, small and medium enterprises

 

As at 31 December 2011, the Company has no outstanding dues to any vendors registered with appropriate authority under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006. There have been no delays in settlement of dues to such vendors, warranting any payment of interest as provided in the above Act (2010: GRAPHIC Nil).

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        The details of investment in mutual funds/ bonds and their movements during the year are provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

I.

 

Dividend/Income fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Daily Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Liquidity Fund

 

10

 

99,989,324

 

1,000,147

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Liquidity Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,000

 

817,476

 

817,734

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Ultra-short Bond Fund - Super Institutional

 

10

 

66,038,540

 

661,151

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund-Short Term Plan

 

100

 

6,131,403

 

613,263

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Insta Cash Plus Fund Super Institutional Plan

 

100

 

4,985,859

 

500,102

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Treasury Management Account - Super Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

385,976

 

386,235

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Cash Plus - Institutional Premium Plan

 

100

 

2,818,870

 

282,436

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Cash Manager - Plan A

 

100

 

2,803,087

 

280,393

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund - Short Term Plan

 

100

 

2,510,292

 

251,079

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Liquid Plan - Super Institutional

 

100

 

2,406,766

 

240,731

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Treasury Management Account - Super Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

239,876

 

240,038

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Liquid Fund - Super Institutional

 

1,001

 

180,414

 

180,556

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Money Manager Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

118,770

 

118,865

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan C

 

10

 

1,684,025

 

16,843

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC CF-Plan C - LIQUID

 

10

 

813,172

 

813,375

 

3,512,345

 

35,132

 

 

 

TATA Liquid Super High Investment Fund

 

1,115

 

722,265

 

804,979

 

203,882

 

227,230

 

 

 

HDFC Liquid Fund - Premium Plan

 

12

 

 

 

40,790,685

 

500,086

 

 

 

IDFC Cash Fund - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

 

 

38,377,184

 

383,868

 

 

 

IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan-C

 

10

 

 

 

15,254,123

 

152,564

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

7,207,927

 

 

 

1,298,880

 

B.

 

Weekly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

50,424,340

 

508,494

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Ultra Short Term Fund - Inst Plan

 

10

 

35,759,163

 

360,543

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Investment Plan - Inst Plan B

 

10

 

24,261,872

 

244,191

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC Income Fund - Short Term - Inst. Plus

 

10

 

15,341,150

 

154,260

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

106

 

1,045,073

 

110,236

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Short Term Plan - Regular

 

10

 

9,087,890

 

92,601

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

9,866,746

 

99,484

 

15,851,656

 

159,834

 

 

 

Reliance Liquid Fund - Cash Plan

 

11

 

 

 

36,650,995

 

400,115

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Treasury PlanPlan C

 

10

 

 

 

7,588,343

 

76,264

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

105

 

 

 

62,374

 

6,577

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

1,569,809

 

 

 

642,790

 

C.

 

Fortnightly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan C

 

10

 

25,104,823

 

253,521

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan C

 

10

 

15,082,539

 

152,311

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Short Term Plan - Institutional Plan

 

12

 

20,847,871

 

250,643

 

20,010,930

 

237,138

 

 

 

G75 IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan D

 

10

 

 

 

15,348,843

 

154,482

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

656,475

 

 

 

391,620

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        The details of investment in mutual funds/ bonds and their movements during the year are provided below: (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

D.

 

Monthly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

25,602,613

 

258,739

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Bond Short Term Plan

 

10

 

10,465,488

 

105,221

 

 

 

 

 

HDFC Short Term Plan

 

10

 

7,915,672

 

81,694

 

7,416,595

 

76,546

 

 

 

Reliance Short Term Fund - Retail Plan

 

11

 

15,149,458

 

161,789

 

14,342,616

 

152,364

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Long Term Floating Rate plan C

 

10

 

 

 

20,135,761

 

201,954

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

607,443

 

 

 

430,864

 

E.

 

Quarterly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential interval fund II Quarterly Interval Plan D

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

39,701,839

 

400,000

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Quarterly - Series 4

 

10

 

 

 

20,408,431

 

204,084

 

 

 

Birla Sunlife Interval Income Fund - Instititutional Quarterly Series 1

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 7

 

10

 

 

 

19,997,200

 

200,000

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund II Quarterly Interval Plan B

 

10

 

 

 

15,328,264

 

153,283

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

1,157,367

 

F.

 

Income Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - 12M - Series 12

 

10

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - 12M - Series 13

 

10

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 53 - 1 Year Plan F

 

10

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 55 - 1 Year Plan A

 

10

 

18,700,000

 

187,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock - Series 21 - 3M

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 38 (370 Days)

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 48 (272 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 55 - 1 Year Plan C

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XIX - Series 6

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 37 (370 Days)

 

10

 

14,500,000

 

145,000

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Fixed Term Plan - Series CO

 

10

 

14,000,000

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 34 (370 Days)

 

10

 

14,000,000

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 32 (370 Days)

 

10

 

12,000,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Fixed Maturity Plan Series 30 Scheme A

 

10

 

11,781,301

 

117,813

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC FMP - QS 67

 

10

 

10,350,000

 

103,500

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 19 - 3M

 

10

 

10,106,373

 

101,064

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund - Series 86 (DFTF - 86)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 22 - 3M

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 26 - 3M

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IV - Plan F (368 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IX - Plan C (182 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 6

 

10

 

7,997,761

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund - Series 82 (DFTF - 82)

 

11

 

5,000,000

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan 3 month Series 25

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month - Series 23

 

10

 

 

 

40,010,400

 

400,104

 

 

 

Birla Sun life Short term Fixed Maturity Plan Series 2

 

10

 

 

 

35,004,869

 

350,049

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

 

 

34,958,505

 

349,586

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month - Series 22

 

10

 

 

 

32,100,000

 

321,000

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month Series 21

 

10

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Blended Plan B - II

 

10

 

 

 

28,840,330

 

300,000

 

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        The details of investment in mutual funds/ bonds and their movements during the year are provided below: (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

F.

 

Income Funds (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan-Series 53 - One Year Plan C - Cumulative

 

10

 

 

 

22,000,000

 

220,000

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan Sr IV A - 3 month

 

10

 

 

 

20,400,000

 

204,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 6

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan Sr IV Plan C (3 Months)

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

 

 

16,727,513

 

167,276

 

 

 

BNP Paribas Fixed Term Fund Series 17D - Fixed Maturity Plan

 

10

 

 

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund 16 sr 2

 

10

 

 

 

14,015,690

 

140,157

 

 

 

Birla Fixed Term Plan Sr.CG investment

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 12 Month - Series 9

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 6M series 9

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

3,234,377

 

 

 

3,752,172

 

II.

 

Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Fixed Term Plan-Series CK

 

11

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 56 - 1 Year Plan B Cumulative

 

11

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 56 - 1 Year Plan A Cumulative

 

11

 

18,000,000

 

180,000

 

 

 

 

 

HDFC FMP 375D JULY 2011 (2)

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 30 (370 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 40 (370 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 57 (370 Days)

 

10

 

12,000,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC FMP - YS - 43

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC Fixed Term Series 79

 

11

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 52 (370 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 56 (370 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 59 (160 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

TFMP Series 31 Scheme C

 

11

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

TFMP 37 Scheme A

 

10

 

8,000,000

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock FMP - 3M Series 24

 

10

 

7,000,000

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XX - Series 22

 

10

 

7,000,000

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 29

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan 12 Month Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan Sr 28

 

10

 

 

 

25,010,419

 

250,011

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IV - Plan E

 

10

 

 

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XVI - Series 5

 

10

 

 

 

20,008,551

 

200,086

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund- Series 77

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

10,001,418

 

100,014

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series - III Plan F (370 Days)

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

6,090,602

 

60,906

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund - Annual Interval Plan IV

 

12

 

 

 

4,317,548

 

50,328

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund - Annual Interval Plan IV

 

12

 

 

 

4,289,379

 

50,000

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

2,270,000

 

 

 

1,711,345

 

 

 

Grand Total

 

 

 

 

 

15,646,031

 

 

 

9,385,038

 

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        The details of investment in mutual funds/ bonds and their movements during the year are provided below: (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

III.

 

Other Investments - Certificate of deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State Bank of Travancore

 

97,554

 

5,000

 

456,942

 

2,500

 

243,884

 

 

 

Corporation Bank

 

94,721

 

 

 

5,000

 

473,606

 

 

 

United Bank of India

 

99,387

 

 

 

2,500

 

248,468

 

 

 

Syndicate Bank

 

97,963

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,907

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank

 

97,927

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,818

 

 

 

Canara Bank

 

97,844

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,611

 

 

 

HDFC Bank Limited

 

97,773

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,433

 

 

 

Andhra Bank

 

97,701

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,252

 

 

 

State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur

 

97,448

 

 

 

2,500

 

243,620

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

456,942

 

 

 

2,432,599

 

 

11.        Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale / Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

I.

 

Dividend/Income fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Daily Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Short Term Fund- Institutional Plan

 

10

 

20,117,877

 

201,289

 

20,117,877

 

201,289

 

 

 

B503DD Birla Sun Life Cash Plus - Institutional Prem

 

14

 

82,628,245

 

1,139,341

 

82,628,245

 

1,139,341

 

 

 

B503DD Birla Sun Life Cash Plus - Institutional Prem

 

10

 

67,292,656

 

674,239

 

67,292,656

 

674,239

 

 

 

B47 Birla Sun Life Cash Manager — IP

 

10

 

27,586,698

 

275,950

 

27,586,698

 

275,950

 

 

 

B513DD Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund — STP — IP

 

13

 

161,176,438

 

2,137,264

 

161,176,438

 

2,137,264

 

 

 

B513DD Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund — STP — IP

 

10

 

26,409,250

 

264,145

 

26,409,250

 

264,145

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Money Manager Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

482,114

 

482,500

 

482,114

 

482,500

 

 

 

DWS Money Plus Fund

 

10

 

39,206,846

 

395,166

 

39,206,846

 

395,166

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Liquidity Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,000

 

424,002

 

424,136

 

424,002

 

424,136

 

 

 

DWS Treasury Fund Investment — Instl. Plan

 

10

 

25,496,046

 

256,024

 

25,496,046

 

256,024

 

 

 

GCCD IDFC Cash Fund - Super IP C 21349 / 70

 

10

 

74,233,049

 

742,516

 

74,233,049

 

742,516

 

 

 

GFCD IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

58,991,151

 

590,000

 

58,991,151

 

590,000

 

 

 

GFCD IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

384,890

 

3,849

 

384,890

 

3,849

 

 

 

IDFC Cash Fund - Super Inst. Plan C

 

12

 

164,894,038

 

2,032,483

 

164,894,038

 

2,032,483

 

 

 

3010 HDFC Liquid Fund Premium Plan

 

12

 

259,462,466

 

3,180,958

 

259,462,466

 

3,180,958

 

 

 

Kotak Floater Short Term

 

10

 

15,526,782

 

157,072

 

15,526,782

 

157,072

 

 

 

1564 ICICI Prudential Liquid Super Institutional Plan

 

100

 

2,507,325

 

250,789

 

2,507,325

 

250,789

 

 

 

Reliance Liquid Fund - Cash Plan

 

11

 

223,273,877

 

2,487,606

 

223,273,877

 

2,487,606

 

 

 

Templeton India TMA - Super IP 2099903669658

 

1,001

 

1,587,637

 

1,588,705

 

1,587,637

 

1,588,705

 

 

 

TLSD01 Tata Liquid Super High Investment Plan

 

1,115

 

727,630

 

810,958

 

727,630

 

810,958

 

 

 

TMA Super Inst. Plan 2099902621756

 

1,001

 

1,724,818

 

1,725,979

 

1,724,818

 

1,725,979

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

19,820,969

 

 

 

19,820,969

 

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2011 (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale / Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

B.

 

Weekly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B341 IW Birla Life Short Term Opportunities Fund - Instl

 

10

 

20,139,509

 

201,507

 

20,139,509

 

201,507

 

 

 

DWS Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

9,316,964

 

93,954

 

9,316,964

 

93,954

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan C

 

10

 

109,515

 

1,101

 

109,515

 

1,101

 

 

 

Kotak Floater Long Term

 

10

 

13,872,192

 

139,825

 

13,872,192

 

139,825

 

 

 

1526 ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

105

 

978

 

103

 

978

 

103

 

 

 

Reliance Medium Term Fund

 

17

 

8,857,997

 

151,435

 

8,857,997

 

151,435

 

 

 

Reliance Liquid Fund - Cash Plan

 

11

 

122,244

 

1,335

 

122,244

 

1,335

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

20,026,825

 

201,971

 

20,026,825

 

201,971

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

791,231

 

 

 

791,231

 

C.

 

Monthly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LFRCD ICICI Prudential Long Term Floating Rate Plan C

 

10

 

380,422

 

3,817

 

380,422

 

3,817

 

 

 

Tata Fixed Income Portfolio Fund Scheme A3 Institutional 441363/58

 

10

 

10,087,800

 

100,878

 

10,087,800

 

100,878

 

 

 

TFIMB2 Tata Fixed Income Portfolio Fund Scheme B2

 

10

 

10,157,621

 

101,731

 

10,157,621

 

101,731

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

206,426

 

 

 

206,426

 

D.

 

Quarterly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B864D Birla Sunlife Interval Income Fund - Institutional Quarterly Series

 

10

 

326,680

 

3,267

 

326,680

 

3,267

 

 

 

B889D Birla Sun Life Quarterly - Series 4

 

10

 

5,740,499

 

57,405

 

5,740,499

 

57,405

 

 

 

1305 ICICI Prudential Interval Fund II Quarterly Interval Plan B Institutional

 

10

 

234,068

 

2,341

 

234,068

 

2,341

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

63,013

 

 

 

63,013

 

E.

 

Income Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B976D Birla Sun Life Short Term FMP Series 14

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP 3M Series 28

 

10

 

32,100,000

 

321,000

 

32,100,000

 

321,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP 3M Series 29

 

10

 

35,000,000

 

350,000

 

35,000,000

 

350,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - 3M Series 32 Maturity Date 20-06-2011

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund — Series 84

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

IDFC FMP Quarterly Series 62

 

10

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

IDFC FMP — 200 Days Series 1

 

10

 

35,350,000

 

353,500

 

35,350,000

 

353,500

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

624,576

 

6,246

 

624,576

 

6,246

 

 

 

Kotak FMP 6M Series 11

 

10

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

BPBID ICICI Prudential Blended Plan B

 

10

 

512,508

 

5,315

 

512,508

 

5,315

 

 

 

1301 ICICI Prudential Interval Fund Half Yearly Interval Plan

 

10

 

4,998,351

 

50,000

 

4,998,351

 

50,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund — XVIII — Series 7 - ISIN: INF204K01LX7

 

10

 

35,000,000

 

350,000

 

35,000,000

 

350,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund — XVIII — Series 11

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

2,336,061

 

 

 

2,336,061

 

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.        Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2011 (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale / Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

II.

 

Certificate of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Axis Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

237,986

 

2,500

 

237,986

 

 

 

Oriental bank of Commerce

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,049

 

2,500

 

244,049

 

 

 

State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur

 

 

 

2,500

 

237,622

 

2,500

 

237,622

 

 

 

Allahabad Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,262

 

2,500

 

244,262

 

 

 

Allahabad Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,322

 

2,500

 

244,322

 

 

 

Bank of India CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

238,412

 

2,500

 

238,412

 

 

 

Oriental Bank of Commerce CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

473,657

 

5,000

 

473,657

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

487,743

 

5,000

 

487,743

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

247,374

 

2,500

 

247,374

 

 

 

Central Bank of India CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,977

 

2,500

 

244,977

 

 

 

SBI Bonds 9.95%

 

 

 

14,000

 

145,759

 

14,000

 

145,759

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

3,046,163

 

 

 

3,046,163

 

 

 

Grand Total

 

 

 

 

 

26,263,863

 

 

 

26,263,863

 

 

11.        Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale/Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

I.

 

Dividend/Income fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Daily Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M47 Fortis Overnight Fund - Institutional Plus

 

10

 

2,619,401

 

26,202

 

2,619,401

 

26,202

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Short Term Fund - Institutional Plan

 

10

 

1,479,018

 

14,798

 

1,479,018

 

14,798

 

 

 

B503DD Birla Sun Life Cash Plus - Institutional Prem

 

10

 

136,162,827

 

1,364,283

 

136,162,827

 

1,364,283

 

 

 

B85DD Birla Sun Life Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

81,591,061

 

816,359

 

81,591,061

 

816,359

 

 

 

B503DD Birla Sun Life Cash Plus - Institutional Prem

 

10

 

99,156,561

 

993,499

 

99,156,561

 

993,499

 

 

 

B512ID Birla Sunlife Floating Rate Fund - Long Term - Institutional

 

10

 

2,029,762

 

20,298

 

2,029,762

 

20,298

 

 

 

B512ID Birla Sunlife Floating Rate Fund - Long Term - Institutional

 

10

 

6,371,344

 

63,713

 

6,371,344

 

63,713

 

 

 

DWS Institutional Cash Plus Fund - Institutional Plan

 

10

 

31,756,065

 

318,526

 

31,756,065

 

318,526

 

 

 

GCCD IDFC Cash Fund - Super Institutional Plan C 21349/70

 

10

 

281,882,726

 

2,819,532

 

281,882,726

 

2,819,532

 

 

 

GFCD IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

84,010,393

 

840,230

 

84,010,393

 

840,230

 

 

 

GFCD IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

9,998,500

 

100,000

 

9,998,500

 

100,000

 

 

 

IDFC Cash Fund - Super Inst. Plan C

 

10

 

190,491,851

 

1,905,395

 

190,491,851

 

1,905,395

 

 

 

HDFC Liquid Fund - Premium Plan

 

12

 

20,394,844

 

250,037

 

20,394,844

 

250,037

 

 

 

3010 HDFC Liquid Fund Premium Plan

 

12

 

405,523,995

 

4,971,643

 

405,523,995

 

4,971,643

 

 

 

Kotak Liquid (Institutional Premium) Folio No. 281827 / 68

 

12

 

124,307,514

 

1,520,045

 

124,307,514

 

1,520,045

 

 

 

Kotak Liquid (Institutional Premium)

 

12

 

8,179,045

 

100,014

 

8,179,045

 

100,014

 

 

 

Religare Ultra Short Term Fund - Institutional

 

10

 

33,468,536

 

335,257

 

33,468,536

 

335,257

 

 

 

1542 ICICI Prudential Floating Rate Plan D

 

100

 

983

 

98

 

983

 

98

 

 

 

1564 ICICI Prudential Liquid Super Institutional Plan

 

100

 

27,821,273

 

2,782,747

 

27,821,273

 

2,782,747

 

 

 

1484 ICICI Prudential Ultra Short Term Plan Super Premium

 

10

 

95,351,374

 

955,516

 

95,351,374

 

955,516

 

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.

 

Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2010 (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale / Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

A.

 

Daily Dividend (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Liquidity Fund

 

10

 

275,681,886

 

2,758,103

 

275,681,886

 

2,758,103

 

 

 

TLSD01 Tata Liquid Super High Investment Plan

 

1,115

 

4,862,333

 

5,419,167

 

4,862,333

 

5,419,167

 

 

 

TLSD01 Tata Liquid Super High Investment Plan

 

1,115

 

448,686

 

500,069

 

448,686

 

500,069

 

 

 

Templeton India ultra short bond fund super Institutional plan 3109903669658

 

10

 

206,639

 

2,069

 

206,639

 

2,069

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

28,877,600

 

 

 

28,877,600

 

B.

 

Weekly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fortis Money Plus Fund - Institutional Plan

 

10

 

3,665,232

 

36,656

 

3,665,232

 

36,656

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Savings Fund - Insititutional Plan

 

10

 

51,336,616

 

513,675

 

51,336,616

 

513,675

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Savings Fund - Insititutional Plan

 

10

 

276,301,404

 

2,764,349

 

276,301,404

 

2,764,349

 

 

 

B332WD Birla Sun Life Savings Fund - Insititutional Plan

 

10

 

10,011,774

 

100,162

 

10,011,774

 

100,162

 

 

 

B512IW Birla Sunlife Floating Rate Fund - Long Term - Institutional

 

10

 

106,657,840

 

1,067,807

 

106,657,840

 

1,067,807

 

 

 

B512IW Birla Sunlife Floating Rate Fund - Long Term - Institutional

 

10

 

14,060,045

 

140,765

 

14,060,045

 

140,765

 

 

 

B45 Birla Sun Life Cash manager - IP

 

10

 

73,636,768

 

736,907

 

73,636,768

 

736,907

 

 

 

B45 Birla Sun Life Cash manager - IP

 

10

 

14,072,959

 

140,819

 

14,072,959

 

140,819

 

 

 

DWS Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

232,579,222

 

2,344,505

 

232,579,222

 

2,344,505

 

 

 

GFCW IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C - 730278 /08

 

10

 

42,558,997

 

425,811

 

42,558,997

 

425,811

 

 

 

GFCW IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C 21349 / 70

 

10

 

483,148,050

 

4,836,983

 

483,148,050

 

4,836,983

 

 

 

IDFC - Money Manager Fund-Treasury PlanPlan C

 

10

 

72,177,271

 

725,808

 

72,177,271

 

725,808

 

 

 

HDFC Cash Management Fund Treasury Advantage - Wholesale Plan

 

10

 

39,378,433

 

394,694

 

39,378,433

 

394,694

 

 

 

HDFC Cash Management Fund Treasury Advantage - Wholesale Plan

 

10

 

407,898,741

 

4,088,612

 

407,898,741

 

4,088,612

 

 

 

HSBC Floating Rate - Long Term Plan - Institutional Option

 

11

 

116,733

 

1,311

 

116,733

 

1,311

 

 

 

JM Money Manager Fund - Super Plus Plan

 

10

 

22,626

 

233

 

22,626

 

233

 

 

 

Kotak Floater Long-Term

 

10

 

318,539,876

 

3,209,995

 

318,539,876

 

3,209,995

 

 

 

Kotak Floater Long-Term

 

10

 

237,678

 

2,395

 

237,678

 

2,395

 

 

 

1526 ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

105

 

11,168,508

 

1,177,897

 

11,168,508

 

1,177,897

 

 

 

1526 ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

105

 

509,232

 

53,692

 

509,232

 

53,692

 

 

 

1589 ICICI Prudential Banking and PSU Debt Fund

 

10

 

111,306,116

 

1,115,591

 

111,306,116

 

1,115,591

 

 

 

Reliance Medium Term Fund

 

17

 

111,144,752

 

1,900,448

 

111,144,752

 

1,900,448

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

273,685,479

 

2,759,366

 

273,685,479

 

2,759,366

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund - INF277K01485

 

10

 

34,627,126

 

349,142

 

34,627,126

 

349,142

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

28,887,623

 

 

 

28,887,623

 

C.

 

Monthly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B321MD Birla Sun Life Dynamic Bond Fund - Retail Plan

 

10

 

9,816,362

 

101,690

 

9,816,362

 

101,690

 

 

 

DWS Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

559,365

 

5,602

 

559,365

 

5,602

 

 

 

Religare Active Income Fund Institutional

 

10

 

27,486,290

 

274,955

 

27,486,290

 

274,955

 

 

 

1463 ICICI Prudential Medium Term Plan Premium Plus

 

10

 

35,792,266

 

358,742

 

35,792,266

 

358,742

 

 

 

1463 ICICI Prudential Medium Term Plan Premium Plus

 

10

 

25,565,904

 

256,244

 

25,565,904

 

256,244

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

997,233

 

 

 

997,233

 

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.

 

Details of units of Mutual funds, Bonds and Others purchased and redeemed/ sold during the year 2010 (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Sale / Redemption

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

During the Year

 

Proceeds During the Year

 

Name of the Mutual Fund

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

D.

 

Quarterly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B864D Birla Sunlife Interval Income Fund - Institutional Quarterly Series 1

 

10

 

80,982,224

 

809,822

 

80,982,224

 

809,822

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 3

 

10

 

32,974,947

 

329,751

 

32,974,947

 

329,751

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 4

 

10

 

20,536,349

 

205,364

 

20,536,349

 

205,364

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 6

 

10

 

101,120,520

 

1,011,208

 

101,120,520

 

1,011,208

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 1

 

10

 

41,373,893

 

413,739

 

41,373,893

 

413,739

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

24,999,500

 

250,000

 

24,999,500

 

250,000

 

 

 

1349 ICICI Prudential Interval Fund IV Quarterly Interval Plan B

 

10

 

15,155,400

 

151,554

 

15,155,400

 

151,554

 

 

 

1295 ICICI Prudential Interval Fund II Quarterly Interval Plan

 

10

 

20,291,200

 

202,912

 

20,291,200

 

202,912

 

 

 

Reliance Quarterly Interval Fund - Series III - Institutional

 

10

 

51,182,455

 

512,008

 

51,182,455

 

512,008

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

3,886,358

 

 

 

3,886,358

 

E.

 

Half Yearly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TFIHC3 Tata Fixed Income Portfolio Fund Scheme C3Institutional

 

10

 

10,118,200

 

101,182

 

10,118,200

 

101,182

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

101,182

 

 

 

101,182

 

F.

 

Income Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B889D Birla Sun Life Quarterly - Series 4

 

10

 

30,408,431

 

304,084

 

30,408,431

 

304,084

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock FMP - 3M Series 18 - Maturity Date 3-Nov-2010

 

10

 

40,000,000

 

400,000

 

40,000,000

 

400,000

 

 

 

8005 HDFC Short Term Plan

 

10

 

5,078,941

 

52,419

 

5,078,941

 

52,419

 

 

 

HDFC Fixed Maturity Plan 100 D March 2010 (1) - Series XIII Option Payout

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

HDFC FMP 35D September 2010(1) - Series XIV Option

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Tata Fixed Income Portfolio Fund Scheme A3 Institutional 441363/58

 

10

 

25,234,013

 

252,340

 

25,234,013

 

252,340

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

1,258,843

 

 

 

1,258,843

 

II.

 

Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IV - Plan E

 

11

 

46,077,655

 

503,326

 

46,077,655

 

503,326

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

503,326

 

 

 

503,326

 

III.

 

Certificate of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allahabad Bank CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

492,673

 

5,000

 

492,673

 

 

 

Canara Bank CD

 

 

 

10,000

 

979,183

 

10,000

 

979,183

 

 

 

Canara Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

245,047

 

2,500

 

245,047

 

 

 

IDBI Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,518

 

2,500

 

244,518

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

489,528

 

5,000

 

489,528

 

 

 

CBI CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

495,150

 

5,000

 

495,150

 

 

 

Union Bank of India CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

246,296

 

2,500

 

246,296

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

245,097

 

2,500

 

245,097

 

 

 

UCO Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

242,681

 

2,500

 

242,681

 

 

 

Punjab and Sind Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

246,309

 

2,500

 

246,309

 

 

 

Allahabad Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

246,222

 

2,500

 

246,222

 

 

 

Canara Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

246,083

 

2,500

 

246,083

 

 

 

Allahabad Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

246,108

 

2,500

 

246,108

 

 

 

Central Bank of India CD

 

 

 

5,000

 

487,551

 

5,000

 

487,551

 

 

 

UCO Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

242,119

 

2,500

 

242,119

 

 

 

Union Bank of India CD

 

 

 

7,500

 

736,908

 

7,500

 

736,908

 

 

 

UCO Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

245,624

 

2,500

 

245,624

 

 

 

Canara Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

245,637

 

2,500

 

245,637

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank CD

 

 

 

2,500

 

247,508

 

2,500

 

247,508

 

 

 

ICICI Bank

 

 

 

4,000

 

398,930

 

4,000

 

398,930

 

 

 

State Bank of Patiala

 

 

 

5,000

 

495,711

 

5,000

 

495,711

 

 

 

Central Bank of India

 

 

 

100

 

99,020

 

100

 

99,020

 

 

 

Central Bank Bonds 80 units

 

 

 

80

 

79,640

 

80

 

79,640

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

7,943,543

 

 

 

7,943,543

 

 

 

Grand Total

 

 

 

 

 

72,455,708

 

 

 

72,455,708

 

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

12

 

Closing balance and maximum balance outstanding non scheduled banks are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

outstanding during the year

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Fleet Bank, Boston, USA

 

657,197

 

1,053,584

 

55,667

 

307,167

 

 

 

Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi Limited - Japan

 

68,464

 

54,299

 

21,946

 

20,790

 

 

 

Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi Limited - Keihiguchi - Japan

 

18,013

 

15,363

 

522

 

684

 

 

 

Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ - Japan

 

43,324

 

71,693

 

36,902

 

22,697

 

 

 

ANZ Bank Australia - Australia

 

66,647

 

154,694

 

7,354

 

10,925

 

 

 

ANZ Bank Australia - Australia

 

213,551

 

195,667

 

90,935

 

56,012

 

 

 

Handels Bank - Kista Sweden

 

79,298

 

1,556

 

65,654

 

16

 

 

 

Handels Bank - Kista Sweden

 

17,109

 

4,740

 

15,309

 

1,260

 

 

 

Handels Bank - Kista Sweden

 

11,442

 

14,116

 

4,234

 

11,442

 

 

 

Handelsbanken - Finland

 

10,883

 

73,278

 

3,234

 

8,957

 

 

 

Korea Exchange Bank

 

2,089

 

1,801

 

2,089

 

1,801

 

 

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V. - Netherlands

 

32,978

 

40,356

 

20,674

 

22,451

 

 

 

ABN AMRO Bank - Netherlands

 

25

 

27

 

20

 

25

 

 

 

Türkiye Garanti bankasiUSD - Turkey

 

17,221

 

35,301

 

1,022

 

17,221

 

 

 

Türkiye Garanti bankasiTL - Turkey

 

8,202

 

8,202

 

957

 

8,202

 

 

 

AK Bank - USD - Turkey

 

81,798

 

198,954

 

81,798

 

43,617

 

 

 

AK Bank - Turkey

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse - Swiss

 

22,599

 

46,955

 

22,449

 

5,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

430,766

 

539,243

 

 

13

 

Statement of Utilisation of ADS Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

No of shares

 

Price

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Amount raised through ADS (6,156,250 ADSs @ $20.34 per ADS)

 

12,312,500

 

466

 

5,739,262

 

5,739,262

 

 

 

Share issue expenses

 

 

 

 

 

369,406

 

369,406

 

 

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

5,369,856

 

5,369,856

 

 

 

Deployment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.    Held as short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

593,040

 

883,399

 

 

 

2.    Utilised for capital expenditure for office facilities

 

 

 

 

 

4,776,816

 

4,486,457

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

5,369,856

 

5,369,856

 

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

14.       Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has calculated the various benefits provided to employees as under:

 

A.            Defined Contribution Plans and State Plans

 

During the year the Company has recognized the following defined contribution

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

benefits in the Profit and Loss Account:-

 

2011

 

2010

 

Superannuation Fund

 

22,109

 

21,899

 

Employer’s contribution to Employees’ State Insurance

 

8,255

 

6,752

 

Employer’s contribution to Employees’ Pension Scheme

 

12,143

 

10,477

 

Employer’s contribution to Provident Fund

 

286,631

 

203,097

 

Total

 

329,138

 

242,225

 

 

B.            Defined Benefit Plans

 

(i)            Gratuity Benefits

 

In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Patni provides for gratuity, a defined retirement plan covering all employees. The plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s defined portion of last salary and the years of employment with the Company.

 

Patni contributes each year to a gratuity fund based upon actuarial valuations performed by an actuary. The fund is administered by Patni through a trust set up for the purpose. All assets of the plan are owned by the Trust and comprise of approved debts and other securities and deposits with banks.

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Amount recognized in Balance Sheet

 

2011

 

2010

 

Present Value of Obligations

 

439,885

 

362,668

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

(325,137

)

(268,558

)

Net Liability

 

114,748

 

94,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Expense recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss Account

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current Service Cost

 

63,764

 

51,605

 

Interest on Defined Benefit Obligations

 

28,659

 

20,620

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

(19,293

)

(19,563

)

Net Actuarial Losses recognized in the year

 

39,740

 

6,721

 

Past Service Cost

 

 

34,023

 

Total included in “Personnel cost”

 

112,870

 

93,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in present value of Defined Benefit Obligations and Planed Asset

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

are as follows :

 

2011

 

2010

 

Opening Defined Benefit Obligations

 

362,668

 

303,970

 

Current Service Cost

 

63,764

 

51,605

 

Interest Cost

 

28,659

 

20,620

 

Actuarial Losses/(Gain)

 

49,136

 

(4,551

)

Past Service Cost

 

 

34,023

 

Benefits Paid

 

(64,342

)

(42,999

)

Closing Defined Benefit Obligations

 

439,885

 

362,668

 

Opening Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

268,558

 

273,266

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

19,293

 

19,563

 

Actuarial Losses / (Gain)

 

9,395

 

(11,272

)

Contributions by Employer

 

92,233

 

30,000

 

Benefits Paid

 

(64,342

)

(42,999

)

Closing Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

325,137

 

268,558

 

Expected Employer’s Contribution Next Year

 

150,000

 

65,000

 

Plan assets have been invested in corporate bonds, mutual funds and Government of India securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

14          Employee Benefit Plans (Contd.)

 

Financial Assumptions at the Valuation Date

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate (p.a.)

 

8.20%

 

7.65%

 

Employee Turnover

 

 

 

Expected Rate of Return on Assets (p.a.)

 

7.50%

 

7.50%

 

Salary Increase Rate (p.a.)

 

10% for first two years, 8% for next 3 years and 6% thereafter

 

10% for first two years, 8% for next 3 years and 6% thereafter

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Experience adjustments

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

 

255,999

 

287,516

 

303,087

 

362,668

 

439,885

 

Plan Assets

 

228,521

 

223,136

 

273,266

 

268,558

 

325,137

 

Deficit

 

(27,478

)

(64,380

)

(29,821

)

(94,110

)

(114,748

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities

 

3,655

 

1,267

 

(3,519

)

(18,535

)

50,559

 

Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets

 

(4,544

)

6,903

 

(1,543

)

(11,273

)

9,395

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

 

 

31 December

 

 

 

Composition of Plan Assets

 

2011

 

%

 

2010

 

%

 

Central/State Government Securities

 

2,778

 

1

%

2,910

 

1

%

Investment in Government Securities

 

186,607

 

57

%

91,957

 

34

%

Public Sector/ Financial Institutions/ Bank bonds/ Term deposits and Rupee bonds

 

135,752

 

42

%

173,691

 

65

%

 

 

325,137

 

100

%

268,558

 

100

%

 

(ii)  Pension Benefits

 

Two former founder directors are entitled to receive pension benefits upon retirement or on termination from employment at the rate of 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible individual reaches the age of 65 years in respect and is payable to the respective individuals or the surviving spouse. In 2011, the Company settled the pension liability for one of the founder directors by purchasing non participating annuity contract. The funding discharges the Company of all future pension obligations to this individual.

 

For the other founder director, the payment of pension will start when he reaches the age of 65. The Company has invested in a plan with Life Insurance Corporation of India which will mature at the time the founder director will reach the age of 65. Since the Company is obligated to fund the shortfall, if any, between annuity payable and the value of plan asset, the pension liability is actuarially valued at each balance sheet date.

 

With regard to former founder directors’ pension plans, the following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Amount to be recognized in Balance Sheet

 

2011

 

2010

 

Present Value of Funded Obligations

 

53,808

 

112,747

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

(52,328

)

 

Net Liability

 

1,480

 

112,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Expense recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss Account

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current Service Cost

 

 

 

Interest on Defined Benefit Obligations

 

8,391

 

7,996

 

Net Actuarial Gains recognized in the Year

 

(2,756

)

(14,271

)

Total included in “Personnel Cost”

 

5,635

 

(6,275

)

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

14.       Employee Benefit Plans (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(ii)

 

Pension Benefits (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Defined Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening Defined Benefit Obligations

 

112,747

 

125,133

 

 

 

Interest Cost

 

8,391

 

7,996

 

 

 

Actuarial Gain

 

(2,756

)

(14,271

)

 

 

Benefits Paid*

 

(64,574

)

(6,111

)

 

 

Closing Defined Benefit Obligations

 

53,808

 

112,747

 

 

 

Expected Employer’s Contribution Next Year

 

 

6,111

 

 

 

Opening Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial Gain/(Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions by Employer

 

52,328

 

 

 

 

Benefits Paid

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

52,328

 

 

 


 

 

*This represents amount paid for purchase of non participating annuity contract for a Founder Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assumptions at the Valuation Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate (p.a.)

 

7.00

%

7.65

%

 

 

Salary Increase Rate (p.a.)

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

EXPERIENCE ADJUSTMENTS

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

 

101,831

 

134,821

 

125,133

 

112,747

 

53,808

 

Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

(52,328

)

Deficit

 

(101,831

)

(134,821

)

(125,133

)

(112,747

)

(1,480

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities

 

(2,741

)

1,188

 

 

(1,067

)

(7,116

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.       Additional information pursuant to the provision of paragraphs 3, 4, 4A, 4B, and 4D of Part II of Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

(i) Managerial remuneration

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Salaries and allowances

 

158,726

 

120,730

 

 

 

Contribution to provident fund

 

1,102

 

2,527

 

 

 

Perquisites

 

2,879

 

5,712

 

 

 

 

 

162,707

 

128,969

 

 

(a)

 

Managerial remuneration does not include  299,700 (2010: GRAPHIC 118,926) paid/accrued to manager by a subsidiary company during the year ended 31 December 2011.

(b)

 

Sitting fees paid to non executive directors not included above aggregated GRAPHIC 1,100 (2010: GRAPHIC 1,240) during the year ended 31 December 2011.

(c)

 

Commission expense in respect of Non-executive Directors not included above aggregated GRAPHIC 10,428 (2010: GRAPHIC 14,109).

(d)

 

The above figure do not include gratuity which is actuarially determined on an overall basis for the company as a whole and separate amount for director is not available.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

15.       Additional information pursuant to the provision of paragraphs 3, 4, 4A, 4B, and 4D of Part II of Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956 (Contd.)

 

(e)          Computation of Net profit in accordance with Section 349 of the Companies Act, 1956, and calculation of commission payable to non-whole time directors:

 

 

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

Net profit after tax and before prior period items

 

 

 

5,035,924

 

 

 

6,550,465

 

Add :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Depreciation as per books of accounts

 

1,097,303

 

 

 

918,975

 

 

 

2. Commission to Non-Whole time Directors

 

10,428

 

 

 

14,109

 

 

 

3. Pension expense *

 

5,635

 

 

 

(6,275

)

 

 

4. Directors Sitting Fees

 

1,100

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

5. Provision for Diminution in Investment

 

5,689

 

 

 

4,110

 

 

 

6. Provision for taxation

 

903,910

 

 

 

604,894

 

 

 

7. Provision for doubtful debts and advances

 

38,585

 

2,062,650

 

10,697

 

1,547,750

 

 

 

 

 

7,098,574

 

 

 

8,098,215

 

Less :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Profit on sale of Fixed Assets

 

268

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

2. Depreciation under Section 350 of the Companies Act

 

1,097,303

 

 

 

918,975

 

 

 

3. Profit on sale of non-trade investments

 

345,175

 

1,442,746

 

251,872

 

1,171,335

 

Net profit as per Section 350 of the Companies Act,1956

 

 

 

5,655,828

 

 

 

6,926,880

 

Add: Managerial remuneration

 

 

 

162,707

 

 

 

128,879

 

Profit as per Section 198

 

 

 

5,818,535

 

 

 

7,055,759

 

Commission payable to Non-Whole time Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum remuneration allowed as per the Companies Act, 1956 at 1%

 

 

 

58,185

 

 

 

70,558

 

Commission expense in Profit & Loss Account in respect of Non-Whole time Directors

 

 

 

10,428

 

 

 

14,109

 

 


*                 Pension expense to ex-founder directors Mr. Ashok K Patni and Mr. Gajendra K Patni.

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(ii)

Value of imports calculated on C.I.F basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital goods

 

247,878

 

220,955

 

 

Software consumables

 

3,791

 

2,470

 

 

 

 

251,669

 

223,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(iii)

Expenditure in foreign currency (on accrual basis unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas employee expenses

 

4,381,193

 

2,585,885

 

 

Travelling

 

263,837

 

132,680

 

 

Professional fees and consultancy charges

 

286,086

 

427,807

 

 

Subscription and registration fees

 

4,708

 

1,867

 

 

Others

 

156,572

 

171,004

 

 

 

 

5,092,396

 

3,319,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(iv)

Earnings in foreign currency (on accrual basis)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and services income (on FOB basis)

 

21,133,391

 

18,538,662

 

 

Interest received

 

43,728

 

47,592

 

 

Other Income

 

2,295

 

3,419

 

 

 

 

21,179,414

 

18,589,673

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

15.       Additional information pursuant to the provision of paragraphs 3, 4, 4A, 4B, and 4D of Part II of Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956 (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(v)

Dividend remitted in foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of non-resident shareholders

 

 

1

 

 

Number of shares held

 

 

18,255,396

 

 

Amount remitted in INR (net of Tax)

 

 

54,766

 

 

Amount remitted in FCY

 

 

 

 

 

Year to which it relates

 

 

2009

 

 

Special Interim Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of non-resident shareholders

 

 

1

 

 

Number of shares held

 

 

18,255,396

 

 

Amount remitted in INR (net of Tax)

 

 

1,150,090

 

 

Amount remitted in FCY

 

 

 

 

 

Year to which it relates

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

1,204,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

(vi)

Auditor’s remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration to auditors consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

as auditor;

 

9,687

 

9,500

 

(b)

as advisor, or in any other capacity, in respect of -

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) taxation matter;

 

 

600

 

 

(ii) company law matter;

 

150

 

95

 

 

(iii) management services; and

 

 

 

(c)

in any other manner

 

651

 

222

 

 

 

 

10,488

*

10,417

 

 


(* Includes  2,706 paid to previous auditor)

 

16.       Delisting process

 

On 16 November 2011, Pan Asia and iGATE Global, subsidiaries of the Company, announced that they were initiating the process of voluntarily delisting the equity shares of Patni from the Indian Stock Exchanges namely, the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”) and the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (“BSE”), and the American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) from the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), by way of postal ballot pursuant to the provisions of Section 192A (2) of the Companies Act, 1956 read with the Companies (Passing of the Resolutions by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2011.

 

The Postal Ballot closed at 5:00 p.m IST on 6 January 2012 and the Special Resolution contained in the Postal Ballot Notice dated 5 December 2011 was duly passed by the requisite majority as required under Section 189(2) of the Companies Act, 1956, Regulation 8(1) (b) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009 (“Delisting Regulations”) as well as the applicable rules of the NYSE and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the U. S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, all as amended from time to time.

 

The delisting offer (the “Delisting Offer”) involves a price discovery mechanism, which is known in India as a “Reverse Book Building Process.” The offer price (the “Offer Price”) (i.e., the price at which the Shares of the Public Shareholders are to be purchased pursuant to the Delisting Offer) is determined after establishment of a statutorily prescribed “floor price,” which is determined in accordance with Delisting Regulations. Accordingly, the floor price for the Delisting Offer of  356.74 per share was determined.

 

Pan Asia and iGATE Global may make a public announcement of a delisting offer in accordance with the Indian delisting regulations within a period of one year from the date of the above-mentioned shareholder approval.

 

If the delisting is successful and all the shares of Common Stock are tendered, iGATE’s beneficial ownership in patni is expected to increase from approximately 80.38% to 100%. Upon delisting being successful, public trading of the Patni shares of Common Stock on the BSE and the NSE and ADSs on the NYSE will cease. The promoters also will seek to cause the Common Stock of Patni to be deregistered under the Exchange Act.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

16.       Delisting process (Contd.)

 

As the sole shareholder of Patni, iGATE will receive the benefit of the right to participate in any and all future increases in Patni’s value and will bear the complete risk of any and all losses incurred in the operation of patni and any decreases in patni’s value.

 

Upon completion of the delisting, Patni’s public shareholders who tender their shares of Common Stock will not bear the risks of potential decreases in the value of their holdings in Patni based on any downturns in Patni’s future performance. Under the delisting, Patni’s public shareholders will receive a single cash price for their shares of Common Stock (including those represented by ADSs which are converted into Common Stock).

 

17.       Prior year comparatives

 

Previous years figures have been appropriately reclassified/regrouped to conform to the current year’s presentation. The figures of previous year were audited by a firm of Chartered Accountants other than S.R. Batliboi & Associates.

 

As per our report of even date

 

 

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

Phaneesh Murthy

Arun Duggal

Partner

CEO & Managing Director

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

Arun Kanakal

 

Principal Finance Officer

Company Secretary

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

Bangalore, India

 

25 January 2012

25 January 2012

 

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Balance Sheet Abstract and Company’s General Business Profile

 

I.

Registration Details

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registration No.

20127

 

State Code

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Date

31

12

2011

 

 

 

 

 

Date

Month

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Capital raised during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Issue

 

 

Right Issue

 

NIL

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonus Issue

 

 

Private Placement

 

NIL

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Position of Mobilization and Deployment of Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

Total Assets

 

38859020

 

 

38859020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sources of Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-Up Capital including Share Application Money

 

 

Reserves and Surplus

 

268988

 

 

33389486

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured Loans

 

 

Unsecured Loans

 

12011

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liability

 

 

 

 

121940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Fixed Assets

 

 

Investments

 

6350022

 

 

22564329

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Current Assets

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset

 

4732011

 

 

295973

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Losses

 

 

Miscellaneous Expenditure

 

NIL

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

Performance of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Turnover

 

 

Total expenditure

 

22976235

 

 

17036401

 

 

 

 

 

 

+ / –

Profit before tax

 

 

+ / –

Profit after tax

 

+

5939834

 

 

+

4997841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning per share in

 

 

Annual Dividend @ %

 

37.43

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special interim Dividend @ %

 

 

 

 

NIL

 

 

 

 

 

V.

Generic names of three principal products of the company (As per monetary terms)

 

Turnover

NIL

 

Total expenditure

Computer Software and Services

 

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

 

 

 

Phaneesh Murthy

Arun Duggal

 

CEO & Managing Director

Director

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

Arun Kanakal

 

Principal Finance Officer

Company Secretary

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

Bangalore, India

 

25 January 2012

25 January 2012

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Statement Pursuant to Section 212 of the Companies Act, 1956 relating to subsidiary companies

 

 

 

in  Thousand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Profit /(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other than

 

 

 

before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

and before

 

 

 

Prior

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

 

 

 

Reporting

 

Exchange

 

Share

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

in

 

 

 

prior period

 

Provision

 

period

 

Profit for

 

Proposed

 

 

 

No.

 

Name of Subsidairy

 

Currency

 

Rate

 

capital

 

Reserves

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Subsidairy

 

Turnover

 

items

 

for tax

 

items

 

the year

 

Dividend

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

1USD =

 

53.06

 

2,638,934

 

3,632,501

 

9,344,835

 

3,073,400

 

 

16,633,900

 

(244,642

)

(190,086

)

91,216

 

(145,772

)

 

USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

1GBP =

 

81.98

 

1,044,643

 

(1,192,128

)

1,894,185

 

2,041,670

 

 

2,729,164

 

(688,213

)

284

 

11,367

 

(699,864

)

 

UK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

1EUR =

 

68.66

 

376,009

 

(174,890

)

242,118

 

40,999

 

 

102,478

 

(1,075

)

867

 

 

 

(1,942

)

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

INR=

 

1.00

 

4,198

 

1,068,843

 

1,204,438

 

131,397

 

777,464

 

336,174

 

59,264

 

8,359

 

6,115

 

44,790

 

 

India

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Inc.

 

1USD =

 

53.06

 

17,312

 

842,004

 

893,498

 

34,182

 

 

68,217

 

(28,567

)

(11,617

)

 

 

(16,950

)

 

USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited

 

1GBP =

 

81.98

 

5,821

 

200,448

 

301,166

 

94,897

 

 

182,849

 

(21,268

)

 

 

 

(21,268

)

 

UK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o.

 

1CZK =

 

2.82

 

1,871

 

(3,295

)

8,879

 

10,303

 

 

 

(643

)

 

 

 

(643

)

 

 

Czech

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

PCS Computer Systems Mexico SA de CV

 

1MXN =

 

3.89

 

94,652

 

(144,090

)

84,089

 

133,527

 

 

48,871

 

(46,882

)

(722

)

 

 

(46,160

)

 

Mexico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte Ltd

 

1SGD =

 

40.85

 

342,165

 

(274,518

)

243,485

 

175,838

 

 

219,809

 

(86,938

)

 

5,057

 

(91,995

)

 

Singapore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

CHCS Services Inc.

 

1USD =

 

53.06

 

23

 

140,305

 

405,834

 

265,506

 

 

1,214,068

 

23,688

 

4,375

 

8,243

 

11,070

 

 

USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc.

 

1JPY =

 

0.69

 

32,302

 

(28,733

)

60,854

 

57,285

 

 

22,750

 

(7,413

)

46

 

 

 

(7,459

)

 

Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co., Ltd

 

1CNY =

 

8.43

 

28,016

 

(15,452

)

69,552

 

56,988

 

 

62,164

 

(8,902

)

 

5,877

 

(14,779

)

 

China

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Patni Computer Systems Software (Dalian) Limited

 

1CNY =

 

8.43

 

3,040

 

(1,089

)

1,951

 

 

 

 

(1,366

)

 

 

 

(1,366

)

 

China

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Phaneesh Murthy

Arun Duggal

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

CEO & Managing Director

Director

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place : Bangalore

 

 

 

Date : 25 January 2012

 

 

 

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the

Consolidated Financials under Indian GAAP

 

Industry Structure and Developments

 

Global Markets Overview

 

According to the Forecast Alert: IT Spending, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 4Q11 Update report by Gartner Inc., an IT research and advisory company, the headline is that the global IT spending growth forecast has been revised downward, from 4.6% to 3.7% in 2012. Global economic slowdown and the impact of Eurozone crisis have combined to lower the outlook for the U.S. dollar-denominated growth.

 

The main reasons for the downward revision are as follows:

 

·                  The Eurozone crisis has caused market volatility and personal and corporate uncertainty. The short-term outlook for spending on IT products and services by enterprises and consumers has reduced due to the crisis in the Eurozone, affecting major technology sectors such as enterprise software services, IT services and telecommunications services, all of which are expected to see lower growth rates.

 

·                  Global economic growth will slow down in 2012 to a real GDP growth rate of less than 2% in the U.S. and a mild recession in Europe. U.S. dollar based IT spending in Western Europe has been forecasted to contract in 2012 due to political uncertainty which will lead to more cautious spending on IT products and services.

 

·                  The 2012 growth outlook across all techonology sectors have been revised downwards. There has been significant revision in the growth outlook for computing hardware, IT services and telecommunication equipment and services sectors with a decrease of 3.4%, 1.3% and 1.3% in spending in those sectors, respectively, compared to the previous quarter’s update.

 

·                  The reductions in the computing hardware forecast for 2012 reflect concerns for U.S. and Western European market growth, due to weak 4Q11 results, and a highly uncertain economic outlook for both markets. The reductions also reflect the impact of HDD (“Hard Disk Drive”), supply constraints on HDD and PC shipments in the first half of the year. The reduction in the Western European forecast also reflects more aggressive assumptions about the ability of political leadership to adopt effective short term measures to support debt laden countries and reformation of long term structural loans. The supply of hard drives is expected to be reduced by as much as 25% during 2012 due to the impact of floods in Thailand, which is a major hub for hard-drive manufacturing, both for finished goods and components.

 

·                  Through 2015, the forecast for long term annual average growth in global IT spending has been reduced to 5.0% compared with a 5.4% growth level estimated in the previous quarter.

 

(Disclaimer: The Gartner Report described herein, Forecast Alert: IT Spending, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 4Q11 Update (ID Number: G00226278 represent) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.)

 

Indian IT Industry Outlook

 

According to Gartner Inc. (Source: Gartner’s Press Release dated 24th Jan, 2012), an IT research and advisory company, Indian Industry IT spending is forecasted to exceed $39 billion in 2012, an increase of 10.3% from 2011 spending of $36 billion. The growth of IT in India is expected to increase, with an annual increase to exceed this level through 2015.

 

The increase in demand for IT products and services to support the rapid growth of industries has led to the emergence of IT as an enabler in industries beyond manufacturing, government and financial services. The retail industry is expected to achieve the strongest growth in 2012 where IT spending is forecast to grow 11.8%. Recent decisions to allow 100% foreign direct investment (FDI) in single brand retail, and up to 51% in multi brand retail, are expected to provide the sector with significant boost in terms of IT usage and adoption.

 

The banking and securities sector is expected to reach $11.6 billion in 2015 from $5.2 billion in 2011, a CAGR of 11.6% . Retail is expected to see a growth from $1.7 billion in 2011 to $2.7 billion in 2015, a CAGR of 12.8%.

 

NASSCOM Strategic Review 2011 states that Information Technology’s evolution, advancements and results have continued to spread at a rapid pace. Despite global uncertainties, natural disasters and low consumer confidence in 2011, global spending on technology and demand for global sourcing for IT-BPO services remained significant. Indian IT-BPO sector has retained its position as the world’s leading global sourcing destination for IT-BPO services with a share of 58% in 2011. India is one of the most cost–competitive providers of IT-BPO services. Service providers are effectively utilizing India’s talent pool by designing large scale talent re-engineering initiatives and employee engagement activities. This is enabling the industry to provide both end-to-end and high-end value-added services across various sectors. IT-BPO services will be instrumental in the economic and social rise of India in the

 

81



Table of Contents

 

future. As a result, the domestic IT-BPO market is expected to grow in parallel with the growth of the Indian economy. The domestic IT-BPO (excluding hardware) spending trend will continue in 2013 as the industry is expected to grow at 13-16%. IT-BPO exports is expected to grow 11-14% in 2013, driven by proliferation of as-a-service model around enterprise mobility, cloud and platform solutions, analytics offerings and social media.

 

Software products, IT & BPO sector has approximately spent $1.3 trillion or 63% of the total spending in 2011, with IT hardware accounting for approximately $645 billion or 37% of the total spending in 2011. There was a renewed demand for overall global sourcing, which grew by 12% as compared to 2010 representing twice the global technology growth.

 

IT software and services sector’s revenue (excluding hardware) is estimated at $88 billion for the year 2012. During this period, direct employment is expected to reach nearly 2.8 million, an addition of 230,000 employees, while indirect job creation is estimated at 8.9 million. As a proportion of national GDP, the sector revenues have grown from 1.2% in 1998 to an estimated 7.5% in 2012. The total share of total Indian exports (merchandise plus services) increased from less than 4.0% in FY1998 to 25.0% in 2012.

 

Export revenues (excluding hardware) are estimated to reach $69 billion in 2012 accounting for a 2.2 million workforce. This represents a growth of 16.3%; these exports also account for over 68.5% share in aggregate IT-BPO revenue. Within exports, IT services segment is the fastest growing at 19% over 2011 with export revenue of $40 billion, accounting for 58% of total exports. The BPO segment is expected to grow by 12% cent to reach $16 billion in 2012. The software products segments are expected to generate exports of $13 billion, a growth of nearly 14% over 2011.

 

Domestic IT-BPO revenue (excluding hardware) is expected to grow at almost 17% to reach $918 billion in 2012. Strong economic growth, rapid advancement in technology, infrastructure, increasingly competitive Indian organizations, enhanced focus by the government and emergence of business models that help provide IT to new customer segments are key drivers for increased technology adoption in India. IT services is the fastest growing segment in the Indian domestic market, growing by 18% to reach $589 billion, driven by increasing adoption from all customer segments — government, enterprise, and consumers. Domestic BPO segment is expected to grow by 17% in 2012, to reach $149 billion, driven by demand from voice-based (local language) services and increasing adoption by both traditional and emerging verticals, including the government. The domestic software products segment is set to grow to $180 billion in 2012, a growth of 13% over 2011.

 

Opportunities and Threats

 

Global Delivery Model

 

Global demand for high quality, lower cost IT and IT-enabled services has created a significant opportunity for us, which we use to successfully leverage the benefits of, and address the challenges in using, an offshore talent pool. Our effective use of offshore personnel offers a variety of benefits, including lower costs, faster delivery of new IT solutions and innovations in vertical solutions, processes and technologies.

 

We have adopted a global delivery model for providing services to our clients. Our global delivery model includes on-site and offshore teams. We have offshore development centers located in Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Noida, Mumbai, Pune and Gandhinagar in India and have global development centers located in Australia, Mexico, Canada, the United States, China, Singapore and India. The centers can deliver both onsite and offshore services, depending on client location and preferences.

 

IT services that we deliver using our offshore centers include software application development and maintenance, implementation and support of enterprise applications, package evaluation and implementation, re-engineering, data warehousing, business intelligence, analytics, data management and integration, software testing and IT infrastructure management services. We believe that we deliver high quality solutions to our clients at substantial savings by using our global pool of highly talented people.

 

IT-enabled operations offshore outsourcing solutions and services that we offer include BPO, transaction processing services and call center services. BPO services are offered to clients that are looking to achieve converged IT and BPO solutions. The transaction processing services offered are focused on the mortgage banking, financial services, insurance and capital market industries, except for the delivery of finance and accounting functions such as accounts payable which can be performed for clients across all industries. Our call center services are offered to clients in several industries and are not industry specific.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe our competitive strengths enable us to deliver high-quality, efficient and scalable services. These strengths include:

 

Focused Industry Expertise

 

We concentrate on industries where we believe we can generate sustained revenue growth, such as insurance, manufacturing, retail and distribution, financial services and communications, media and utilities. Through our extensive experience in these industries, we provide solutions that respond to technological challenges faced by our clients. We also focus on technology practices, specifically in product engineering services.

 

Successful Client Relationships

 

We have demonstrated the ability to build and manage our client relationships. Our long-term relationships typically develop from performing discrete projects to providing multiple service offerings spread across a client’s businesses. Through our flexible approach, we believe we offer services that respond to our clients’ needs regardless of their size. By leveraging our industry experience with our project management capabilities and breadth of technical expertise, we solidify and expand our client relationships.

 

Extensive Suite of IT Services

 

We provide a comprehensive range of IT services, including application development, application maintenance and support,

 

82



Table of Contents

 

packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering, business process outsourcing and quality assurance services. Our knowledge and experience span multiple computing platforms and technologies, which enable us to address a range of business needs and to function as a virtual extension of our clients’ IT departments. We offer a broad spectrum of services in select industry sectors, which we leverage to capitalize on opportunities throughout our clients’ organizations.

 

Delivery and Operational Excellence

 

Through our mature global delivery model, we deliver high quality and cost-effective IT services from multiple locations in a reduced timeframe. We vary the composition of our employee resource pool, in terms of seniority and location, to maximize our productivity and efficiency. Our processes and methodologies have achieved Capability Maturity Model Integrated (CMMi) Level 5, the highest attainable certification. We use project management tools to deliver services to client specifications in a timely and reliable manner while maintaining a high level of client satisfaction.

 

Highly-skilled Professionals

 

We have a highly qualified management team with a broad range of experience in the global IT industry. Our managers and senior technical personnel provide in-depth project management expertise to customers. To maintain this level of expertise, we have placed significant emphasis on recruiting and training our workforce of highly skilled professionals.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our Vision: Our vision is “Changing the rules to deliver high-impact outcomes for a new technology-enabled world”. The combination of iGATE and Patni is a fully integrated technology and operations (“iTOPS”) enterprise with a global services model. We enable clients to optimize their business through a combination of process investment strategies, technology leverage and business process outsourcing and provisioning. We have leveraged our deep understanding of diverse business challenges faced by global enterprises, coupled with our thought leadership in IT, and process/operations excellence in building the iTOPS model. We characterize a clear value proposition around our Global Delivery Model (GDM) offering to deliver varied and complex IT-enabled services for client’s global customers across multiple locations. The goal is to bring about business transformation for customers on a pioneering ‘pay for outcomes, not effort’ premise. With a global presence and world-class delivery centers spanning the Americas, Europe- Middle East-Africa (EMEA) and Asia-Pacific, the iGATE Patni GDM meshes a well-defined, single business management system with industry best practices, models and standards such as ISO, CMMI, ITIL and Six Sigma. Robust knowledge and responsibility transition across employees is seamless ensuring clockwork-like efficiency and effectiveness of provided services.

 

Penetrate and Grow Strategic Client Accounts

 

We have achieved strong revenue growth by focusing on select, long-term customer relationships which we call strategic accounts. We aim to expand the scope of our client relationships by leveraging our focused industry sector expertise with delivery excellence, responsive engagement models and breadth of services. We intend to focus on adding new strategic clients and further penetrate our existing customer relationships. We address the needs of our larger strategic relationships through dedicated account managers who have responsibility for increasing the size and scope of our service offerings to such clients. We aim to strengthen our sales and marketing teams, a majority of which are aligned to focus on specific industries.

 

Strengthen and Broaden our Industry Expertise with Micro Vertical Focus

 

We intend to strengthen our understanding of key industries by investing in building or acquiring intellectual property like platforms, tools, etc in chosen micro verticals within each industry segment that we operate. We shall also continue to invest in a strong base of industry experts, business analysts and solutions architects as well as considering select from targeted acquisitions. We believe we can create competitive differentiation and add more value than a general service provider through such investments by enhancing our understanding in specific industry and domain requirements of our clients.

 

Strengthen and Broaden our Service Lines

 

We aim to deepen our existing client relationships through new and more comprehensive service lines. In recent years we have added new capabilities in line with our growth and customer needs. We continually explore new initiatives through our internal centers of excellence, which focus on innovation in specific technology platforms or services. For example, we added quality assurance services as a new service line, and developed increased capabilities such as business intelligence, database administration and legacy system modernization in other service lines.

 

Optimize and Expand Delivery Capability

 

Our process and methodologies such as PatniPLUS® consolidate decades of software development and maintenance experience in delivering and supporting enterprise applications and products for our clients. We believe that our mature process frameworks effectively reduce risk and unpredictability across the software development life cycle and flexibly integrate with our clients’ processes. We further believe that our quality systems create strong predictive and diagnostic focus, delivering measurable performance to clients’ “critical to quality” parameters resulting in a faster turnaround, higher productivity, and on-time to first-time-right deliveries. We provide full visibility on our projects for our clients through integrated web-based project management and monitoring tools.

 

We are committed to enhancing the processes and methodologies that improve our efficiency. We aim to develop new productivity tools, refine our software engineering techniques and maximize reuse of our processes. To maximize improvements in our processes and methodologies we have expanded our infrastructure and we have constructed new knowledge park campuses in India to provide world-class infrastructure, high standards of quality and secure delivery.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

The IT and IT-enabled operations offshore outsourcing services industries are highly competitive, and are served by numerous global, national, regional and local firms. Our primary competitors in the IT and IT-enabled outsourcing industry include IT outsourcing firms, consulting firms, systems integration-firms and general management consulting firms such as Tata Consultancy Services Limited, Infosys Technologies Limited, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Wipro Limited, Genpact Limited, WNS (Holdings) Limited, EXL Service Holdings Inc., Syntel Inc., Mindtree Limited, and Hexaware Technologies Limited.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in the IT and IT-enabled operations offshore outsourcing markets include the range of services offered, size and scale of service provider, global reach, technical expertise, responsiveness to client needs, speed in delivery of IT solutions, quality of service and perceived value. Many companies also choose to perform some or all of their back office IT and IT-enabled operations internally.

 

Segment-wise Performance

 

Patni’s geographic segmentation is based on location of customers and comprises United States of America (“USA”), Europe, Japan, India and Others. Revenue in relation to geographic segments is categorised based on the location of the specific customer entity for which services are performed irrespective of the customer entity that is billed for the services and whether the services are delivered onsite or offshore. We expect that a substantial majority of our revenues will continue to be derived from clients located in the United States.

 

Geographic Segments

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December

 

Country

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

USA

 

79.0

%

79.9

%

77.6

%

Europe

 

12.7

%

11.4

%

13.7

%

Japan

 

3.5

%

3.1

%

3.3

%

India

 

1.0

%

2.2

%

2.2

%

Others

 

3.8

%

3.4

%

3.2

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Outlook, Risks and Concerns

 

These have been discussed in detail in the Risk management section in this Annual Report.

 

Internal Control Systems

 

We maintain internal control systems designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded, transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and properly recorded, and accounting records are adequate for preparation of financial statements and other financial information. The internal audit function performs internal audit periodically to ascertain their adequacy and effectiveness.

 

The Audit Committee which is a sub-committee to Board of Directors consists solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee monitors and provides effective supervision of our financial reporting process with a view towards ensuring accurate, timely and proper disclosures coupled with transparency, integrity and quality of financial reporting. Our Audit Committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process by our management, including the internal auditors and reviews the processes and safeguards employed by each. In addition our Audit Committee has the responsibility of oversight and supervision over our system of internal controls over financial reporting, audit process, and process for monitoring the compliance with related laws and regulations. The committee also holds discussions with Statutory Auditors, Internal Auditors and the Management on matters pertaining to internal controls, auditing and financial reporting. The Committee reviews with the statutory auditors the scope and results of the audit.

 

In particular, our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting and our external auditors’ audit of that assessment requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. We consistently assess the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, remediate any control deficiencies that may be identified, and validate through testing that our controls are functioning as documented.

 

Financial Condition

 

( in thousands except share data)

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

262,838

 

258,252

 

Shares issued during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

- ESOP plan

 

6,150

 

4,586

 

Balance at the close of the year

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

 

The Company has established the ‘Patni ESOP 2003 — Revised 2009’ Plan, under which it issued 3,075,053 shares to 1,411employees and 13 directors during the year. The Company is authorized to issue up to 19,142,085 equity shares to eligible employees under the said ESOP plan. In June 2009, at the Annual General Meeting the shareholders had authorized the Company to issue additional 8,000,000 equity shares to eligible employees under the “Patni ESOP 2003 - Revised 2009”plan.

 

Following these issuances of the Company’s equity shares during the year, the issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital increased by 3,075,053 shares.

 

Reserves and surplus

 

The Company transferred an amount of  Nil million from its profit for the year to the general reserve, while  4,014.6 million was retained in the profit and loss account.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Secured loans

 

The Company acquires vehicles under finance lease for a non-cancellable period of four years. The lease rental obligation in relation to such vehicles is recorded under secured loans. As per the lease agreement, the ownership of these vehicles would not transfer to the Company.

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

The Company recorded cumulative net deferred tax liability of GRAPHIC 118.1 million as of 31 December 2011. The deferred tax liability represents U.S. branch profit taxes for GRAPHIC 147.1 million & others GRAPHIC (29) million.

 

Goodwill

 

The excess of cost to the parent company of its investment in subsidiaries over the parent company’s portion of equity in the subsidiaries, at the respective dates on which investments in subsidiaries were made, is recognized in the consolidated financial statements as goodwill. Goodwill recorded in the consolidated financial statements has not been amortized, but evaluated for impairment.

 

The aggregate goodwill recorded in the financial statements comprises the following:

 

 

(GRAPHIC in thousands)

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

4,838,060

 

4,765,305

 

Acquisition during the year

 

 

229,237

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

667,368

 

(156,482

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

5,505,428

 

4,838,060

 

 

Fixed assets (Tangible)

(GRAPHIC in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2011

 

Year ended
31 December 2010

 

Increase /
(Decrease) %

 

Gross block

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land - freehold

 

171

 

171

 

0.0

%

- leasehold

 

942,940

 

844,528

 

11.7

%

Buildings

 

3,775,092

 

3,657,678

 

3.2

%

Leasehold improvements

 

470,003

 

412,990

 

13.8

%

Computers and other service equipment

 

2,761,759

 

2,439,744

 

13.2

%

Electrical installations

 

901,387

 

888,856

 

1.4

%

Office equipments

 

1,063,415

 

1,019,185

 

4.3

%

Furniture and fixtures

 

1,198,709

 

1,134,489

 

5.7

%

Vehicles

 

26,825

 

53,876

 

-50.2

%

Total

 

11,140,301

 

10,451,517

 

6.6

%

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

5,836,369

 

4,811,185

 

21.3

%

Add: Capital work-in-progress

 

789,319

 

921,512

 

-14.3

%

Net fixed assets

 

6,093,251

 

6,561,844

 

-7.1

%

 

Fixed assets (Intangible)

 

(GRAPHIC in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2011

 

Year ended
31 December 2010

 

Increase /
(Decrease) %

 

Goodwill

 

5,505,428

 

4,838,060

 

13.8

%

Computer software

 

2,463,520

 

2,268,874

 

8.6

%

Intellectual property rights

 

1,787,690

 

1,508,468

 

18.5

%

Customer contracts and non contractual customer relationships

 

82,778

 

69,935

 

18.4

%

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

3,718,501

 

2,191,715

 

69.7

%

Net fixed assets

 

6,120,915

 

6,493,622

 

-5.7

%

 

85



Table of Contents

 

During 2011, the net increase in the gross block of fixed assets amounts to GRAPHIC 688.78 million. This is mainly represented by GRAPHIC 81.8 million on capitalization of land & additional charges paid to SIPCOT authorities towards leasehold land, GRAPHIC 17.1 million paid to additional premium on Hinjewadi land for extension of time limit, GRAPHIC 117.4 million on capitalization of flats at Glenridge, Powai, GRAPHIC 229.3 million due to purchase of computer and equipments, GRAPHIC 15.3 million due to capitalization of Pune SEZ GRAPHIC 20.6 million capitalization of office equipments of Pune SEZ and GRAPHIC 197.5 million due to revaluation of fixed assets of subsidiaries.

 

The net decrease of GRAPHIC 132.2 million under CWIP and capital due to capitalization of flats at Glenridge, Powai.

 

During 2011, the Company added GRAPHIC 1,154.1 million to its Intangible assets. This is represented by GRAPHIC 136.9 million due to purchase/capitalization of software’s, GRAPHIC 1,001.1 million due to revaluation of goodwill, Intellectual property rights and Customer contracts and non contractual customer relationships of USA and UK.

 

Investments

 

Surplus cash generated from operations are invested in long-term and current money market instruments. Investments increased to GRAPHIC 16,880.4 million as of 31 December 2011 compared to GRAPHIC 12,614.9 million as of 31 December 2010. Increase is due to purchase of various mutual funds.

 

Deferred tax asset (net)

 

The Company recorded cumulative deferred tax asset (net) of GRAPHIC 1,135.4 million as of 31 December 2011. This relates to the subsidiary companies, Patni Americas Inc. USA, Patni Computer Systems (GmbH), Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited (India), Patni Telecom Solutions Inc (USA) and Patni Life Sciences Inc. The deferred tax asset represents timing differences arising out of provisions for retirement benefits, provision for bad and doubtful debts, deferred revenues , unbilled revenue, accrued expenses and carry forward losses, unrealized loss on derivatives, employee stock compensation costs, depreciations, amortization of intangible assets.

 

Sundry debtors

 

Sundry debtors of GRAPHIC 7,314.1 million (net of provision for doubtful debts amounting to GRAPHIC 177.9 million) represents 20.5 per cent of revenues for the year ended 31 December 2011. During the year, the debts outstanding for a period exceeding six months increased to 4.6 per cent of gross debtors as compared to 3.9 per cent in the previous year. Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of sundry debtors decreased to 2.4 per cent from 2.9 per cent in the previous year.

 

The age profile of debtors is given below:

 

Period in days 

 

Year ended
31 December 2011

 

Year ended
31 December 2010

 

0-180

 

95.4

%

96.1

%

More than 180

 

4.6

%

3.9

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Cash and bank balances

 

The Company has cash and bank balances of GRAPHIC 2,259.8 million and GRAPHIC 3,533.7 million as at 31 December 2011 and 2010, respectively. Bank balances include balances maintained both in India and overseas. Bank balances in India include both rupee accounts and foreign currency accounts.

 

As at 31 December 2011 and 2010, the Company had cash and cash equivalents (cash and bank balances including short term investments) of GRAPHIC 19,140.2 million and GRAPHIC 16,010.6 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents represent 41.9 per cent and 39.6 per cent of total assets as at 31 December 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Unbilled revenue

 

Unbilled  revenue represent revenues recognized by the Company in excess of amounts billed. These amounts are billed after the milestones specified in the agreement are achieved and once customer acceptance is received. Unbilled revenue increased to GRAPHIC 1,735.5 million during the year ended 31 December 2011 compared to GRAPHIC 1,388.9 million in the year ended 31 December 2010.

 

Loans and advances

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011 advances recoverable in cash or kind increased to GRAPHIC 373.7 million from GRAPHIC 317.1 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011 Security deposits decreased to GRAPHIC 297.2 million from GRAPHIC 308.6 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

The loan to the Company’s employees which were outstanding as at 31 December 2011 was GRAPHIC 44.8 million from GRAPHIC 62.9 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

Provision for Income Tax has been computed on the basis of Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) in accordance with Sec 115JB of the Income Tax Act,1961, the Company has recognized “MAT credit entitlement” of GRAPHIC 1,613.6 million as at 31 December 2011 (2010 : GRAPHIC 1,780.3 million).

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011, the amount deposited with tax authorities increased to GRAPHIC 345.9 million from GRAPHIC 331.4 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011 derivative assets decreased to GRAPHIC 14.7 million from GRAPHIC 224.1 million as at 31 December 2010 relate to Mark to Market gain on foreign exchange contracts.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011 the amount paid towards advance tax net of provision for tax has increased to GRAPHIC 1,241.1 million from GRAPHIC 398.2 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2011 amount of service tax receivable increased to GRAPHIC 144.5 million from GRAPHIC 47.9 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

Current liabilities

 

Current liabilities primarily include creditors for goods and expenses of GRAPHIC 661.3 million, which represent amounts payable to vendors for goods or services rendered. Deferred revenue of GRAPHIC 1,275.1 million denotes billings in excess of revenues recognized. Advances received from customers of GRAPHIC 113.04 million include amounts received from customers for the delivery of future services. Accrued exps 3,049.9 million

 

86



Table of Contents

 

include employee related provision and others. Unrealised loss on derivative financial instruments of GRAPHIC 916.1 million relate to Marked to Market loss on foreign exchange contracts. Other liabilities of GRAPHIC 404.1 million include provisions for statutory liability.

 

Provisions

 

Provision for taxation represents estimated income tax liabilities, both in India and overseas. Provision for taxation (net of advance tax) as of 31 December 2011 was GRAPHIC 1,262.6 million.

 

As at 31 December 2011, provision for retirement benefits decreased to GRAPHIC 783.8 million from GRAPHIC 1,227.7 million as at 31 December 2010.

 

Results of operations

 

The following table sets forth certain financial information for the year ended 31 December 2011 as a percentage of revenues, calculated from the consolidated financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

(GRAPHIC in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Income

 

Sales and Service Income

 

35,679,408

 

95.7

%

Other income

 

1,600,030

 

4.3

%

Total income

 

37,279,438

 

100

%

Personnel cost

 

21,816,897

 

58.5

%

Selling, general and administration cost

 

8,284,992

 

22.2

%

Depreciation

 

1,367,889

 

3.7

%

Transfer from revaluation reserves

 

(81

)

(0.0

)%

Interest costs

 

26,827

 

0.1

%

Impairment losses

 

891,844

 

2.4

%

Total expenses

 

32,388,368

 

86.9

%

Profit before tax and before prior period items

 

4,891,070

 

13.1

%

Provision for taxation

 

715,470

 

1.9

%

Profit after tax and before prior period items

 

4,175,600

 

11.2

%

Prior period items

 

(161,029

)

(0.4

)%

Profit for the year

 

4,014,571

 

10.8

%

 

Income

 

The Company’s sales and service income was GRAPHIC 35,679.4 million in 2011 from GRAPHIC 31,880.8 million in 2010.

 

The Company derives a significant proportion of its revenues from clients located in the United States. In 2011, the Company derived 77.5 per cent of its revenues, from clients located in the United States. However, strong revenue growth was achieved in other regions and the business achieved a greater element of geographical diversification.

 

Other income has reduced to GRAPHIC 1,600.03 million in 2011 from GRAPHIC 2,194.2 million in 2010. During 2011, other income comprised interest of GRAPHIC 62.7 million for reversal of IRS interest and bank deposit interest, dividend income of GRAPHIC 655.1 million for dividend on current investments – non trade, gain of GRAPHIC 345.3 million on the sale of non trade investments, GRAPHIC 383.6 million for foreign exchange gain and other miscellaneous income of GRAPHIC 153.2 million comprises sundry creditors and advance from customer written back during the year.

 

Personnel costs

 

Personnel costs were GRAPHIC 21,816.9 million and GRAPHIC 18,898.1 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. These costs represent 58.5 per cent and 55.5 per cent of the Company’s total income in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Personnel costs comprise salaries paid to employees in India and overseas staff expenses.

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

The Company incurred selling, general and administration expenses of GRAPHIC 8,284.9 million and GRAPHIC 6,875.9 million, representing a 22.2 per cent and 20.2 per cent of total income in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Selling, general and administration expenses include costs such as, subcontractor costs, travelling expenses, communication expenses, office expenses, legal and other professional fees, advertisement and publicity, and other miscellaneous selling and administrative costs.

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

The Company provided GRAPHIC 1,367.9 million and GRAPHIC 1,184.7 million towards depreciation for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Depreciation as a percentage of gross block of fixed assets was 8.8 per cent and 8.3 per cent for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2007, Patni has, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Patni USA, acquired from one of its major customer, the worldwide rights for a software Proprietary Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) that enables communication service providers to offer customer management, retail point-of-sale and billing services for a variety of products and services The Group is using this intellectual property for the purposes of software licensing, provision of reusable IP-led IT services, managed services and provision of hosted or software-as-a-service solutions. As of and during the year ended 31 December 2011, the Management assessed the carring amount and expected cash flow from this IPR and concluded that the carring amount of this IPR is not recoverable. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment charge of GRAPHIC 401.0 million for this IPR.

 

In June 2010, Patni, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Patni UK, acquired from one of its customer, an existing software Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) which is used for education sector management in UK and Ireland. The Company intends to increase the revenue by sale of licenses in certain geographies along with significant use in horizontals or verticals other than the learning domain. During the year, the Company evaluated this IPR and concluded that it was impaired as a result of substantial decline in expected cash flow and change in business strategy for usage of IPR. Accordingly, in the year ended 31 December 2011, the Company recorded an impairment charge of GRAPHIC 490.8 million.

 

The aggregate impairment charge of GRAPHIC 891.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Interest

 

The Company incurred interest costs of GRAPHIC 26.8 million and GRAPHIC 47.8 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. These costs mainly comprise interest on tax assessments and interest on finance lease obligations relating to vehicles acquired by the Company.

 

Provision for taxation

 

The Company provided for its tax liability both in India and overseas. The details of provision for taxes are as follows:

 

 

(GRAPHIC In thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Provision for tax expense consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

- Indian

 

914,072

 

1,257,624

 

- Foreign

 

(250,262

)

239,325

 

- MAT credit entitlement

 

(222,482

)

(709,288

)

 

 

441,328

 

787,661

 

Deferred tax expense /(credit)

 

 

 

 

 

- Indian

 

248,254

 

118,589

 

- Foreign

 

25,888

 

(69,179

)

 

 

274,142

 

49,410

 

 

 

715,470

 

837,071

 

 

The Statute of limitation period for the March 2008 and March 2007 tax return of the US Branch of the Company expired in December 2011 and December 2010 respectively i.e. on expiry of 3 years from the date of filing which was 15 December 2008 and 15 December 2007. Hence the Company has reversed the provision of GRAPHIC 390.0 million.

 

The Company has recognised “MAT credit entitlement” of GRAPHIC 222.5 million for the year ended December 2011 (2010: GRAPHIC 709.3 million) by crediting to the Profit and Loss Account.

 

Presently, we benefit from the tax holidays given by the Government of India for the export of IT services from specially designated software technology parks (“STPs”) and special economic zones (“SEZs”) in India. As a result of these incentives, which include a 10 year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of most of our Indian facilities, our operations have been subject to relatively low tax liabilities. The tax benefits available for all our STP facilities expired on 31 March 2011. Consequently, our effective Indian tax rate has increased significantly.

 

Development centers operating in SEZs are entitled to certain income tax incentives of 100% of the export profits for a period of five years, 50% of such profits for the next five years and 50% of the profits for a further period of five years subject to satisfaction of certain capital investments requirements. Our profitability would be adversely affected if we are not able to continue to benefit from these tax incentives. Further, provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act 1961 are amended on an annual basis by enactment of the Finance Act. In addition, we may also be subject to changes in taxation resulting from the actions of applicable income tax authorities in India or from Indian tax laws that may be enacted in the future. For example, we may incur increased tax liability as a result of a determination by applicable income tax authorities that the transfer price applied to transactions involving our subsidiaries and the Company was not appropriate.

 

Increases in our effective tax rate due to expired tax benefits, changes in applicable tax laws or the actions of applicable income tax or other regulatory authorities could materially reduce our profitability.

 

The Company recorded net deferred tax expenses of GRAPHIC 274.1 million and GRAPHIC 49.4 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Net Profit after tax and after prior period items

 

Net profit was GRAPHIC 4,014.6 million and GRAPHIC 6,231.7 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net profit as a percentage of total income was 10.8% and 18.3% in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decline in net profit mainly on account of increase in personnel cost was by 15.4%; selling, general and administration expenses by 20.5%; impairment losses and depreciation by 90.7% (impairment in 2011 GRAPHIC 891.8 million and in 2010 Nil) and reduction in other income by 27.1%, which is offset by higher sales and service income of 11.9% as compared to 2010.

 

Development in Human Resources

 

We employed around 18,000, 17,600 and 14,000 employees as of 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Out of 18,000 employees, around 17,000 were software professionals as of 31 December 2011. Of these software professionals, around 3,000 employees were categorized as onsite and 14,000 as offshore.

 

We believe that our ability to maintain and continue our growth depends to a large extent on our strength in attracting, training, motivating and retaining our employees. We operate in eight major cities in India, which enables us to recruit technology professionals from different parts of the country. The key elements of our human resource management strategy include recruitment, training and development, compensation and retention.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Financials under Indian GAAP

 

Auditors’ Report

 

To the Board of Directors of
Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

1.

We have audited the attached consolidated balance sheet of Patni Computer Systems Limited, its subsidiaries and a joint venture (collectively referred to as the ‘Group’ as described in Note 2c of Schedule 19 to the consolidated financial statements) as at 31 December 2011, and also the consolidated profit and loss account and consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended on that date annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

 

2.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

3.

We report that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Group’s management in accordance with the requirements of Accounting Standard (‘AS’) 21, Consolidated Financial Statements and AS 27, Financial Reporting of Interests in Joint Ventures notified pursuant to the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 (as amended).

 

 

4.

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India:

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of the consolidated balance sheet, of the state of affairs of the Group as at 31 December 2011;

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of the consolidated profit and loss account, of the profit for the year ended on that date; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of the consolidated cash flow statement, of the cash flows for the year ended on that date.

 

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

Mumbai, India

Partner

25 January 2012

Membership No.: 106406

 

89



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

Schedules

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

SOURCES OF FUNDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

1

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

Stock options outstanding

2

 

162,624

 

356,596

 

Reserves and surplus

3

 

36,617,005

 

32,002,922

 

 

 

 

37,048,617

 

32,622,356

 

Loan funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured loans

4

 

12,011

 

10,649

 

Deferred tax liabilities (net) (refer Note 7 of Schedule 19)

 

 

118,109

 

31,246

 

TOTAL

 

 

37,178,737

 

32,664,251

 

APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross block

5

 

11,140,301

 

10,451,517

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

5,836,369

 

4,811,185

 

Net block

 

 

5,303,932

 

5,640,332

 

Capital work-in-progress including capital advances

 

 

789,319

 

921,512

 

 

 

 

6,093,251

 

6,561,844

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

6

 

6,120,915

 

6,493,622

 

Investments

7

 

16,880,437

 

12,614,890

 

Deferred tax asset (net) (refer Note 7 of Schedule 19)

 

 

1,135,387

 

695,065

 

Current assets, loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sundry debtors

8

 

7,314,136

 

5,438,518

 

Cash and bank balances

9

 

2,259,770

 

3,533,680

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

1,735,495

 

1,388,896

 

Loans and advances

10

 

4,131,978

 

3,695,186

 

 

(A)

 

15,441,379

 

14,056,280

 

Less: Current liabilities and provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

11

 

6,422,080

 

5,182,264

 

Provisions

12

 

2,070,552

 

2,575,186

 

 

(B)

 

8,492,632

 

7,757,450

 

Net current assets

(A-B)

 

6,948,747

 

6,298,830

 

TOTAL

 

 

37,178,737

 

32,664,251

 

Notes to Accounts

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

The schedules referred to above and notes to accounts form an integral part of the consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

As per our report of even date

 

 

 

 

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

 

Phaneesh Murthy

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

90



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees, except per share data and unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

Schedules

 

31 December 2011

 

31 December 2010

 

INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

 

 

35,679,408

 

 

 

31,880,847

 

Other Income

 

13

 

 

 

1,600,030

 

 

 

2,194,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,279,438

 

 

 

34,075,096

 

EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel costs

 

14

 

 

 

21,816,897

 

 

 

18,898,084

 

Selling, general and administration costs

 

15

 

 

 

8,284,992

 

 

 

6,875,866

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

5 & 6

 

 

 

1,367,889

 

 

 

1,184,676

 

Transfer from revaluation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(81

)

Interest costs

 

16

 

 

 

26,827

 

 

 

47,765

 

Impairment losses

 

6

 

 

 

891,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,388,368

 

 

 

27,006,310

 

Profit before tax and before prior period items

 

 

 

 

 

4,891,070

 

 

 

7,068,786

 

Provision for tax (refer Note 7 of Schedule 19)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax

 

 

 

663,810

 

 

 

1,496,949

 

 

 

MAT credit entitlement

 

 

 

(222,482

)

441,328

 

(709,288

)

787,661

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

274,142

 

 

 

49,410

 

Profit after tax and before prior period items

 

 

 

 

 

4,175,600

 

 

 

6,231,715

 

Prior period items

 

17

 

 

 

(161,029

)

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,014,571

 

 

 

6,231,715

 

Balance brought forward from previous year

 

 

 

 

 

18,932,587

 

 

 

22,972,249

 

Amount available for appropriation

 

 

 

 

 

22,947,158

 

 

 

29,203,964

 

Appropriations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Dividend on equity shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,221

 

Interim Dividend on equity shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,244,435

 

Tax on Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,369,675

 

Transfer to general reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

655,046

 

Balance carried forward to the Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

22,947,158

 

 

 

18,932,587

 

Earnings per equity share of  2 each

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

 

 

 

 

30.07

 

 

 

47.90

 

- Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

29.58

 

 

 

46.44

 

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

 

 

 

 

133,514,624

 

 

 

130,101,442

 

- Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

135,705,830

 

 

 

134,193,727

 

Notes to Accounts

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The schedules referred to above and notes to accounts form an integral part of the consolidated Profit and Loss Account.

 

As per our report of even date

 

 

 

 

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

 

Phaneesh Murthy

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

91



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax and before prior period items

 

4,891,070

 

7,068,786

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation, net of transfer from revaluation reserve

 

1,367,808

 

1,184,595

 

Impairement losses

 

891,844

 

 

Prior period items

 

(161,029

)

 

Loss on sale of fixed assets, net

 

118

 

316

 

Profit on sale of investments, net

 

(345,281

)

(252,190

)

Loss on decline in value in current investments

 

5,703

 

4,112

 

Employee stock compensation costs

 

202,383

 

345,254

 

Dividend income

 

(655,188

)

(536,461

)

Interest income

 

(14,902

)

(62,319

)

Interest expense

 

1,045

 

1,426

 

Provision for doubtful debts and advances

 

49,494

 

27,767

 

Deferred loss on settled derivatives

 

(1,119,811

)

(5,929

)

Unrealised foreign exchange gain

 

(222,352

)

(76,583

)

Operating cash flows before working capital changes

 

4,890,902

 

7,698,774

 

Increase in sundry debtors

 

(1,195,838

)

(436,945

)

Increase in unbilled revenue

 

(106,581

)

(497,635

)

Increase in loans and advances

 

(70,601

)

(344,780

)

Increase in deferred revenue

 

258,997

 

549,630

 

(Decrease)/Increase in current liabilities and provisions

 

(638,670

)

126,411

 

Cash generated from operations

 

3,138,209

 

7,095,455

 

Income taxes paid

 

(1,021,647

)

(1,448,436

)

Net cash provided by operating activities (A)

 

2,116,562

 

5,647,019

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

(573,792

)

Purchase of fixed assets (including capital advances)

 

(747,977

)

(535,476

)

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

 

14,649

 

22,476

 

Purchase of investments in mutual fund and others

 

(41,903,643

)

(85,472,796

)

Sale of investments in mutual fund and others

 

38,127,674

 

90,857,927

 

Dividend income

 

655,188

 

536,461

 

Interest income

 

19,997

 

67,291

 

Payments for acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

(333,887

)

Net cash (used) in/provided by investing activities (B)

 

(3,834,112

)

4,568,204

 

 

92



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of share capital

 

287,957

 

444,872

 

Dividend paid, including dividend tax

 

 

(10,068,359

)

Interest paid

 

(1,045

)

(1,426

)

Finance lease obligations repaid

 

(7,733

)

(9,761

)

Net cash provided by/(used) in financing activities (C) 

 

279,179

 

(9,634,674

)

Effect of exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currency

 

164,461

 

509

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year (A+B+C)

 

(1,438,371

)

580,549

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

3,533,680

 

2,952,622

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year, as per Schedule - 9 (refer Note 1 below)

 

2,259,770

 

3,533,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

1.  Cash and Bank balance includeds the following, which are not available for use by the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

-  Investor Education and Protection Fund - Unclaimed dividend

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

-  Bank guarantees margin

 

7,738

 

6,874

 

2.  The previous year’s figures have been re-classified/re-grouped to conform to current year’s classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

As per our report of even date

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

 

Phaneesh Murthy

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

93



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees, except per share data and unless otherwise stated)

 

Schedule 1: Share capital

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Authorised

 

 

 

 

 

250,000,000 (2010: 250,000,000) equity shares of  2 each

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Issued, subscribed and paid up

 

 

 

 

 

134,494,133 (2010: 131,419,080) equity shares of  2 each fully paid

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

 

 

268,988

 

262,838

 

a)                                      Of the above, 110,090,715 (2010: Nil) equity shares of  2 each are held by Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions {75,177,901 (2010: Nil)} and iGATE Global Solutions Limited {14,750,947 (2010: Nil)}, along with iGATE Corporation {20,161,867 (2010: Nil)}, Holding Company.

 

b)                                     Of the above:

 

i)                        14,500,000 equity shares of  2 each were allotted as fully paid bonus shares in March 1995 by capitalisation of general reserve aggregating  29,000 and

 

ii)                    46,867,500 equity shares of  2 each allotted as fully paid bonus shares in August 2001 by capitalisation of share premium aggregating  93,735 and

 

iii)                 37,140,283 equity shares of  2 each allotted as fully paid bonus shares in August 2003 by capitalisation of share premium aggregating  74,281.

 

c)                                      Above shares are after reducing

 

i)                       Repurchase of 1,650,679 equity shares by utilising the share premium account in December 2002 in persuance of Section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956. In this regard, an amount equivalent to the nominal value of the share capital bought back by the Company aggregating  3,301 has been transferred from general reserve to capital redemption reserve.

 

ii)                    Repurchase of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange for an aggregate consideration of  2,370,000 being 100% of the amount authorised for buy back. Subsequently, the Company extinguished such equity shares as per the requirements of the Section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956. In this regard an amount equivalent to the nominal value of the share capital bought back by the Company aggregating  21,914 has been transferred from general reserve to capital redemption reserve which can be utilised only for the purpose of issuing fully paid bonus shares of the Company.

 

d)                                     Refer Note 10 of Schedule 19 for employee stock options exercised during the year.

 

Schedule 2: Stock Options Oustanding

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Employee Stock options outstanding

 

180,461

 

695,679

 

Less: Deferred employee compensation outstanding

 

17,837

 

339,083

 

 

 

162,624

 

356,596

 

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 3: Reserves and surplus

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Building revaluation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

1,110

 

1,191

 

- Transfer to profit and loss account

 

(81

)

(81

)

 

 

1,029

 

1,110

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

275,215

 

275,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities premium account

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

9,516,263

 

8,896,407

 

- Securities premium received on issue of equity shares

 

281,806

 

440,286

 

- Transfer from stock option outstanding

 

389,529

 

179,570

 

 

 

10,187,598

 

9,516,263

 

Hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

47,127

 

26,007

 

- Movement during the year

 

(1,310,995

)

21,120

 

 

 

(1,263,868

)

47,127

 

General reserve

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

3,239,973

 

2,584,927

 

- Transfer from profit and loss account

 

 

655,046

 

- Transfer from stock option outstanding

 

6,827

 

 

 

 

3,246,800

 

3,239,973

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

- Balance brought forward

 

(9,353

)

304,233

 

- Movement during the year (net)

 

1,232,426

 

(313,586

)

 

 

1,223,073

 

(9,353

)

Profit and loss account, balance carried forward

 

22,947,158

 

18,932,587

 

 

 

36,617,005

 

32,002,922

 

 

Schedule 4: Secured loans

 

 

 

31 December
2010

 

31 December
2010

 

Lease obligation in relation to vehicles acquired under finance lease*

 

12,011

 

10,649

 

Finance lease obligations are secured against the vehicles acquired on lease.

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Refer Note 6 of Schedule 19 for amount repayable within one year

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 5: Fixed assets

 

 

 

Tangible Assets

 

 

 

Land
(Freehold)

 

Land
(Leasehold)

 

Buildings

 

Leasehold
improvements

 

Computer and
other service
equipments

 

Electrical
installations

 

Office
equipments

 

Furniture
and fixtures

 

Vehicles

 

Total as at
31 December
2011

 

Total as at 
31 December
2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross block

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

171

 

844,528

 

3,657,678

 

412,990

 

2,439,744

 

888,856

 

1,019,185

 

1,134,489

 

53,876

 

10,451,517

 

10,427,016

 

Additions on account of business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,645

 

Additions(2)

 

 

98,412

 

119,952

 

21,008

 

259,593

 

10,681

 

43,961

 

26,588

 

9,898

 

590,093

 

366,641

 

Exchange rate fluctuations

 

 

 

 

36,005

 

92,707

 

3,636

 

21,347

 

44,533

 

(727

)

197,501

 

(43,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deletions

 

 

 

2,538

 

 

30,285

 

1,786

 

21,078

 

6,901

 

36,222

 

98,810

 

510,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

171

 

942,940

 

3,775,092

 

470,003

 

2,761,759

 

901,387

 

1,063,415

 

1,198,709

 

26,825

 

11,140,301

 

10,451,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

 

35,005

 

408,318

 

230,830

 

2,109,038

 

457,997

 

776,835

 

760,138

 

33,024

 

4,811,185

 

4,403,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation on account of business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

167,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

9,716

 

100,785

 

47,404

 

230,166

 

231,560

 

121,286

 

203,692

 

6,730

 

951,339

 

750,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate fluctuations

 

 

 

 

24,481

 

75,811

 

1,038

 

17,867

 

40,041

 

19

 

159,257

 

(27,711

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deletions

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

28,629

 

1,265

 

19,967

 

6,297

 

26,718

 

85,412

 

483,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

 

44,721

 

506,567

 

302,715

 

2,386,386

 

689,330

 

896,021

 

997,574

 

13,055

 

5,836,369

 

4,811,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net block as at 31 December 2011

 

171

 

898,219

 

3,268,525

 

167,288

 

375,373

 

212,057

 

167,394

 

201,135

 

13,770

 

5,303,932

 

5,640,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net block as at 31 December 2010

 

171

 

809,523

 

3,249,360

 

182,160

 

330,706

 

430,859

 

242,350

 

374,351

 

20,852

 

5,640,332

 

 

 

 


Notes:

 

(1)

Gross block of vehicles as of 31 December 2011 includes assets acquired on lease (refer Note 6 of Schedule 19).

(2)

Addition to fixed assets includes credit on account of refund of service tax of  Nil (2010:  33,105) in building and leasehold improvements and  Nil (2010:  7,734) in computer software.

(3)

Capital work-in-progress [including Capital advance of  317,582 (2010:  446,710)] is  789,319 (2010:  921,512).

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 6: Intangible assets

 

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

Computer
software

 

Intellectual
property rights

 

Customer contracts
and non contractual
customer relationships

 

Total as at
31 December 2011

 

Total as at
31 December 2010

 

Gross block

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

4,838,060

 

2,268,874

 

1,508,468

 

69,935

 

8,685,337

 

7,538,124

 

Additions on account of business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,253

 

Additions

 

 

238,188

 

 

 

238,188

 

1,201,611

 

Exchange rate fluctuations

 

667,368

 

41,641

 

279,222

 

12,843

 

1,001,074

 

(55,901

)

Deductions

 

 

85,183

 

 

 

85,183

 

2,750

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

5,505,428

 

2,463,520

 

1,787,690

 

82,778

 

9,839,416

 

8,685,337

 

Amortisation/impairements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 1 January 2011

 

 

1,578,687

 

544,876

 

68,152

 

2,191,715

 

1,790,976

 

Accumulated depreciation on account of business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

Amortisation for the year

 

 

337,496

 

77,252

 

1,802

 

416,550

 

434,041

 

Impairement for the year

 

 

 

891,844

 

 

891,844

 

 

Exchange rate fluctuations

 

 

31,305

 

259,412

 

12,824

 

303,541

 

(31,504

)

Deductions

 

 

85,149

 

 

 

85,149

 

2,072

 

As at 31 December 2011

 

 

1,862,339

 

1,773,384

 

82,778

 

3,718,501

 

2,191,715

 

Net block as at 31 December 2011

 

5,505,428

 

601,181

 

14,306

 

 

6,120,915

 

6,493,622

 

Net block as at 31 December 2010

 

4,838,060

 

690,187

 

963,592

 

1,783

 

6,493,622

 

 

 

 

96



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 7: Investments

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

A. Long term investments (At costs)

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Other than Trade and Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

NABARD Term Deposit 10%

 

 

138,006

 

Total long term investments (A) 

 

 

138,006

 

B. Current investments (At lower of cost and market value) (Unquoted)*

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds [refer Note 11 of Schedule 19]

 

16,423,495

 

10,044,284

 

Other Investment [refer Note 11 of Schedule 19]

 

456,942

 

2,432,600

 

Total current investments (B) 

 

16,880,437

 

12,476,884

 

Grand total (A) + (B) 

 

16,880,437

 

12,614,890

 

 


* Net asset value of current investment in mutual funds and in others as on 31 December 2011  17,104,051 (2010:  12,678,581).

 

Schedule 8: Sundry debtors (Unsecured)

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Debts outstanding for a period exceeding six months

 

 

 

 

 

- considered good

 

180,584

 

66,724

 

- considered doubtful

 

164,235

 

153,402

 

 

 

344,819

 

220,126

 

Other debts

 

 

 

 

 

- considered good

 

7,133,552

 

5,371,794

 

- considered doubtful

 

13,698

 

6,506

 

 

 

7,147,250

 

5,378,300

 

Less: Provision for doubtful debts

 

177,933

 

159,908

 

 

 

7,314,136

 

5,438,518

 

 

Schedule 9: Cash and bank balances

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Cash on hand

 

3,216

 

3,206

 

Money in transit*

 

53,136

 

429,235

 

Cheques in hand

 

 

14,533

 

Balances with scheduled banks

 

 

 

 

 

- in current accounts

 

564,921

 

287,404

 

- in term deposit accounts

 

475

 

500,475

 

- in unpaid dividend accounts

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

Balances with other banks

 

 

 

 

 

- in current accounts

 

1,635,357

 

2,296,872

 

 

 

2,259,770

 

3,533,680

 

 


*Money in transit represents amount received from subsidiary Company

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

Schedule 10: Loans and advances

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

(Unsecured and Considered good, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

 

 

Advances recoverable in cash or in kind or for value to be received

 

 

 

 

 

- Considered good

 

351,919

 

299,697

 

- Considered doubttful

 

21,817

 

17,417

 

MAT credit entitlement

 

1,613,647

 

1,780,322

 

Interest accrued but not due

 

1,240

 

6,297

 

Premises and other deposits

 

297,225

 

308,573

 

Deposit with tax authorities

 

345,880

 

331,399

 

Loan to employees

 

44,839

 

62,876

 

Advance payments of income-tax (net of provision:  3,625,371; 2010:  1,978,986)

 

1,241,060

 

398,210

 

Service tax receivables

 

144,489

 

47,877

 

Unrealised gain on derivative financial instruments

 

14,696

 

224,183

 

Others

 

76,983

 

235,752

 

 

 

4,153,795

 

3,712,603

 

Less :- Provision for doubtful loans and advances

 

21,817

 

17,417

 

 

 

4,131,978

 

3,695,186

 

 

Schedule 11: Current liabilities

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Accrued expenses

 

3,049,882

 

3,267,628

 

Deferred revenue

 

1,275,119

 

1,003,559

 

Sundry creditors*

 

661,274

 

292,620

 

Advance from customers

 

113,044

 

65,875

 

Investor Education and Protection Fund shall be credited by following amounts (as and when due)**

 

2,665

 

1,955

 

Unrealised loss on derivative financial instrumets

 

916,050

 

285,074

 

Other liabilities

 

404,046

 

265,553

 

 

 

6,422,080

 

5,182,264

 

 


* Sundry creditors include  36,760 (2010  28,456) of book overdraft balance.

** There is no amount due and outstanding as at balance sheet date to be credited to Investor Education and Protection Fund.

 

Schedule 12: Provisions

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Provision for taxation (net of advance tax:  571,380; 2010:  1,396,911)

 

1,262,586

 

1,329,258

 

Provision for gratuity

 

133,449

 

106,976

 

Provision for compensated absence

 

648,836

 

578,979

 

Provision for pension

 

1,480

 

541,767

 

Provision for warranty

 

24,201

 

18,206

 

 

 

2,070,552

 

2,575,186

 

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 13: Other income

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Dividend on current investment - non-trade

 

655,188

 

536,461

 

Foreign exchange gain, net

 

383,613

 

993,785

 

Profit on sale of current investments - non-trade

 

345,281

 

252,190

 

Interest from:

 

 

 

 

 

- Loan to employees

 

144

 

286

 

- Bank deposits (tax deducted at source GRAPHIC 1,193; 2010: GRAPHIC 6,508)

 

8,170

 

44,887

 

- Others (tax deducted at source GRAPHIC Nil; 2010: GRAPHIC Nil) [(refer Note 7 (c) of Schedule 19)]

 

54,429

 

77,390

 

Miscellaneous income

 

 

 

 

 

- Sundry creditors and advance from customer written back

 

90,674

 

16,118

 

- Service tax credit and VAT received

 

9,516

 

240,767

 

- Others

 

53,015

 

32,365

 

 

 

1,600,030

 

2,194,249

 

 

Schedule 14: Personnel costs

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Salaries, bonus and allowances, including overseas employee expenses

 

20,401,101

 

17,841,602

 

Employee stock compensation cost

 

249,067

 

345,254

 

Contribution to provident and other funds

 

517,844

 

377,664

 

Staff welfare

 

88,699

 

72,728

 

Pension, gratuity and leave encashment costs (refer Note 13 of Schedule 19)

 

560,186

 

260,836

 

 

 

21,816,897

 

18,898,084

 

 

Schedule 15: Selling, general and administration costs

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Travel and conveyance

 

1,471,755

 

1,533,155

 

Outsourced service charges

 

3,161,821

 

1,794,136

 

Legal and professional fees

 

311,772

 

385,738

 

Postage and communication

 

612,633

 

633,548

 

Rent

 

469,615

 

506,774

 

Electricity

 

358,217

 

332,462

 

Advertisement and publicity

 

104,095

 

151,329

 

Rates and taxes

 

41,292

 

39,207

 

Recruitment and training charges

 

147,552

 

211,627

 

Insurance

 

203,386

 

135,253

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

- computers

 

254,390

 

216,642

 

- building

 

59,209

 

49,403

 

- others

 

21,554

 

6,917

 

Provision for doubtful debts and advances

 

49,494

 

27,767

 

Loss on decline in value of current investments

 

5,703

 

4,112

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

1,012,504

 

847,796

 

 

 

8,284,992

 

6,875,866

 

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

Schedule 16: Interest costs

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Interest on finance lease obligations

 

1,036

 

627

 

Interest on tax assessments

 

25,185

 

35,941

 

Interest on others

 

606

 

11,197

 

 

 

26,827

 

47,765

 

 

Schedule 17: Prior Period Items

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Prior period item for the year ended 31 December 2011 includes following items:

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for long term medical benefits

 

67,290

 

 

Compensated absences

 

(8,095

)

 

Deferred cost for revenue contracts

 

101,834

 

 

Total

 

161,029

 

 

 

Schedule 18: Earnings per equity share (EPS)

 

 

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Net profit as per Profit and Loss Account for computation of EPS

 

4,014,571

 

6,231,715

 

Weighted average number of shares oustanding in computation of basic EPS

 

133,514,624

 

130,101,442

 

Dilutive effect of stock option oustanding

 

2,191,206

 

4,092,285

 

Weighted average number of equity shares and equity equivalent shares oustanding in computating diluted EPS

 

135,705,830

 

134,193,727

 

Nominal value of equity share (in GRAPHIC)

 

2

 

2

 

Earning per eauity share (in GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

30.07

 

47.90

 

- Diluted

 

29.58

 

46.44

 

 

100



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

SCHEDULE 19: Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.              Background

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited (“Patni” or “the Company”) is a company incorporated in India under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. In February 2004, Patni completed an initial public offering of its equity shares in India. In December 2005, Patni also completed an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares in the United States of America (USA).

 

Patni together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Patni Group” or “the Company”) is engaged in IT consulting, software development and Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”). The Company provides multiple service offerings to its clients across various industries including banking and insurance; manufacturing, retail and distribution; life sciences; product engineering; communications, media and entertainment; and utilities. The various service offerings include application development and maintenance, enterprise software and systems integration services, business and technology consulting, product engineering services, infrastructure management services, customer interaction and BPO, quality assurance and engineering services.

 

On 12 May 2011, the Company was acquired by iGATE Corporation (“iGATE”) through two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions, (“iGATE Mauritius”), and iGATE Global Solutions Limited (“iGS” and, together with iGATE Mauritius, the “Purchasers”). The acquisition involved acquiring 60,091,202 shares or 45.0% of the outstanding share capital from the promoters of the Company and 22,913,948 shares (inclusive of the American Depositary Shares representing 20,161,867 shares) or 17.1% of the outstanding share capital of the Company from General Atlantic Mauritius Limited. Further in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeover) Regulations, 1997, as amended, and a tender offer pursuant to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Purchasers also acquired an additional 27,085,565 shares or 20.3% of the outstanding shares of the Company through a mandatory open public offer made on 8 April 2011 to the other shareholders of the Company.

 

As of 31 December 2011, iGATE Corporation holds 81.9% of outstanding shares.

 

2.              Significant accounting policies

 

(a)          Basis of preparation of consolidated financial statements

 

The financial statements have been prepared to comply with the Accounting Standards notified by Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, (as amended) the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and guidelines issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) in India, under the historical cost convention with the exception of land and buildings of Patni, which have been revalued, on the accrual basis of accounting. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention on an accrual basis except for certain financial instruments which are measured at fair values. The accounting policies have been consistently applied by the Group and are consistent with those used in the previous year.

 

(b)          Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the results of operations during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based upon management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

(c)          Principles of consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements relate to Patni Computer Systems Limited and its subsidiaries and a joint venture which are given below:

 

Subsidiaries of Patni Computer Systems Limited are as follows :-

 

Sr.
No.

 

Name of the subsidiaries

 

Country of
incorporation

 

Holding
Percentage

 

1

 

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

%

2

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

3

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

Germany

 

100

%

4

 

PCS Computer Systems Mexico SA de CV

 

Mexico

 

100

%

5

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

100

%

 

101



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.              Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

Step down subsidiaries of Patni Computer Systems Limited as mentioned above are as follows :-

 

Sr.
No.

 

Name of the subsidiaries

 

Country of
incorporation

 

Holding
Percentage

 

1

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Inc.

 

USA

 

100

%

2

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited

 

India

 

100

%

3

 

Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

4

 

Patni Life Sciences Inc. (Merged with Patni Americas, Inc. with effect from 1 October 2010)

 

USA

 

100

%

5

 

Patni Computer Systems Brasil Ltda (Dissolved effective with effect till 2010)

 

Brazil

 

100

%

6

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o.

 

Czech Republic

 

100

%

7

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc. (Incorporated effective with effect 3 June 2010)

 

Japan

 

100

%

8

 

CHCS Services Inc. (Aquired effective with effect 9 June 2010)

 

USA

 

100

%

9

 

Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. (Incorporated effective with effect 18 August 2010)

 

China

 

100

%

10

 

Patni Computer Systems Software (Dalian) Limited (Incorporated effective with effect 9 November 2010)

 

China

 

100

%

 

Joint venture of Patni Computer Systems Limited as mentioned above are as follows :-

 

Sr.
No.

 

Name of the subsidiaries

 

Country of
incorporation

 

Holding
Percentage

 

1

 

J R Kyushu System Solutions Inc, (Joint venture with effect from 1 July 2010)

 

Japan

 

49

%

 

Note : During the current year there is no change in the entities.

 

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the principles and procedures prescribed by Accounting Standard 21- “Consolidated Financial Statements” (‘AS-21’) and Accounting Standard 27- “Financial Reporting of interests in Joint Ventures “(‘AS-27’) for the purpose of preparation and presentation of consolidated financial statements.

 

The financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries have been combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses after eliminating intra-group balances/transactions and resulting unrealised profits in full. Unrealised losses resulting from intra-group transactions have also been eliminated unless cost cannot be recovered in full. The amounts shown in respect of accumulated reserves comprises the amount of the relevant reserves as per the balance sheet of the Parent Company and its share in the post acquisition increase/decrease in the relevant reserves/accumulated deficit of its subsidiaries.

 

Interest in the jointly controlled entity is reported using proportionate consolidation method as prescribed by AS-27.

 

The financial statements of the entities used for the purpose of consolidation are drawn up to the same reporting date as that of the Company i.e. year ended 31 December 2011.

 

Consolidated financial statements are prepared using uniform accounting policies across the Group.

 

Goodwill

 

The Goodwill has been recorded to the extent that the cost of acquisition, comprising purchase consideration and transactions costs, exceeds the book value of net assets in each acquiree company. The goodwill arising on consolidation is not amortised but testsed for impairment on a periodic basis. The Group evaluates the carrying amount of its goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may be impaired.

 

(d) Fixed assets, intangible assets and depreciation / amortisation

 

Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, except for items of land and buildings which were revalued in March 1995. Cost includes inward freight, duties, taxes and incidental expenses related to acquisition and installation of the asset. Depreciation is provided on the Straight Line Method (‘SLM’) based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as determined by the management. For additions and disposals, depreciation is provided pro-rata for the period of use. Lease hold land is amortised over the period of lease.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.              Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

(d)          Fixed assets, intangible assets and depreciation / amortisation (Contd.)

 

With effect from 1 April 2011, the Group has aligned the estimated useful lives of furniture and fixtures and electrical installations with those followed by iGATE Corporation, its ultimate parent Company.

 

The rates of depreciation based on the estimated useful lives of fixed assets are higher than those prescribed under Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956. The useful lives of fixed assets are stated below :-

 

Asset

 

Useful life (in years)

Land

 

Buildings

 

40

Leasehold land

 

Over the lease term

Leasehold improvements

 

Over the lease term of the useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter

Computers, computer software and other service equipments

 

3-5

Electrical installations

 

5

Office equipments

 

5

Furniture and fixtures

 

5

Vehicles

 

4-5

 

Fixed assets individually costing upto GRAPHIC 5000 are depreciated over a period of 12 months from the date of purchase.

 

Intangible assets acquired either through a business combination or individually are stated at the consideration paid for acquisition and amortised over their respective individual estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed in each period. Intangible assets comprise others (customer and technology related) and intellectual property rights/marketing related intangible assets and are being amortised over a period of 5-7 years and 7-10 years respectively. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances) and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.

 

(e)          Impairment of assets

 

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date if there is any indication of impairment based on internal/external factors. An impairment loss is recognized wherever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the asset.

 

(f)            Leases

 

Finance leases, which effectively transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the lower of the fair value and present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease term and disclosed as leased assets. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability based on the implicit rate of return. Finance charges are charged directly against income.

 

Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased item, are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the Profit and Loss account on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(g)         Revenue and cost recognition

 

The Group derives its revenues primarily from software services and BPO services. Revenue from time-and-material contracts is recognized as related services are rendered. The Group’s fixed price contracts include application maintenance and support services, on which revenue is recognized rateably over the term of maintenance. Revenue with respect to other fixed price contracts is recognized on a proportional performance method where the price for an entire project is agreed upon for a pre-determined fee before the project starts.

 

Unbilled revenue represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. These amounts are billed after the milestones specified in the agreement are achieved and the customer acceptance for the same is received. Billings in excess of revenue recognized is disclosed as deferred revenue and is grouped under current liability.

 

i)                          Software services

 

Provision for estimated losses on uncompleted fixed price contracts are made in the year in which such losses are determined.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.                   Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

(g)                          Revenue and cost recognition (Contd.)

 

i)                Software services (Contd.)

 

The Group grants volume discounts to certain customers, which are computed based on a pre-determined percentage of the total revenues from those customers during a specified period, as per the terms of the contract. These discounts are earned only after the customer has provided a specified cumulative level of revenues in the specified period. The Group reports revenues net of discounts offered to customers.

 

Revenue on maintenance contracts is recognized rateably over the term of maintenance.

 

Revenues are shown net of sales tax, value added tax, service tax and applicable volume discounts and allowances.

 

ii)            BPO services

 

Revenues from BPO Services are derived from both time-based and transaction-priced contracts. Revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contracts with the customer.

 

iii)        Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive dividend is established. Interest income is recognized on the time proportion basis.

 

(h)                         Employee retirement and other benefits

 

Provident fund

 

Retirement benefits in the form of Provident Fund is a defined contribution scheme and the contributions are charged to the Profit and Loss Account of the year when the contributions to the respective funds are due. There are no other obligations other than the contribution payable to the respective funds.

 

Gratuity

 

Gratuity liability is defined benefit obligation and is provided for on the basis of an actuarial valuation on projected unit made at the end of each financial year.

 

Pension

 

Certain directors of the Group are entitled to receive pension benefit upon retirement or on termination from employment @ 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible director reaches the age of sixty-five in respect of Founder directors of Patni India and is payable to the director or the surviving spouse. The liability for pension is actuarially determined by an independent actuary at the end of each financial year using the Projected Unit Credit Method, which recognizes each period of service as giving rise to additional unit of employee benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

 

Others

 

The Group’s liabilities towards compensated absences are determined on the basis of actuarial valuations, as at balance sheet date, carried out by an independent actuary using Projected Unit Credit Method. Actuarial gain and losses comprise experience adjustments and the effects of changes in actuarial assumption and are recognized immediately in the Profit and Loss Account.

 

(i)                             Foreign currency transactions

 

India operations

 

Transactions in foreign currency are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the year-end are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Exchange rate differences resulting from foreign exchange transactions settled during the year, including year-end translation of monetary assets and liabilities are recognized in the profit and loss account. Non monetary foreign currency items which are carried in terms of historical cost are reported using the exchange rate at the date of transactions.

 

Hedging

 

a)    Cash flow hedging

 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments (foreign currency forward and option contracts) to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations relating to certain forecasted transactions.

 

The use of foreign currency forward contracts and options are governed by the Company’s policies, which provide written principles on the use of such financial derivatives consistent with the Company’s risk management strategy. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

104



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.            Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

(i)                                    Foreign currency transactions (Contd.)

 

The derivative instruments are initially measured at fair value, and are remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with recognition and measurement principles of AS-30 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”.

 

In respect of derivative contracts which are replaced with successive new contracts up to the period in which the forecasted transactions are expected to occur (roll-over hedging), the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, are recorded in hedging reserve account under reserves until the hedged transactions occur and at that time are recognized in the Profit and Loss Account. Accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price i.e. forward premium/discount are excluded from assessment of hedge effectiveness and is recognized in Profit and Loss Account and are included in foreign exchange gain (loss).

 

In respect of derivative contracts which hedge the foreign currency risk associated with the both anticipated sales transaction and the collection thereof i.e. dual purpose hedges, the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on overall changes in fair value, and the effective portion of gains or losses are included in hedging reserve account under reserves. Effective portion of gain or loss attributable to forecasted sales are reclassified from hedging reserve account under reserves and recognized in profit and loss account when the sales occur. Post the date of sales, the Company reclassifies an amount from hedging reserve account under reserves to earnings to offset foreign currency translation gain/loss recorded for receivable during the period. Further, the Company determines the amount of cost to be ascribed to each period of the hedging relationship based on the functional currency interest rate implicit in the hedging relationship and recognizes this cost by reclassifying from hedging reserve account under reserves to Profit and Loss Account for recognized receivables based on pro rata method.

 

Hedge accounting is discontinued from the last testing date when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Cumulative gain or loss on such hedging instrument recognized in shareholders’ funds is retained there until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognized in shareholders’ funds is transferred to Profit and Loss Account for the year.

 

b)    Hedging of monetary assets and liabilities

 

The premium or discount arising at the inception of forward exchange contracts and option is amortised as expense or income over the life of the contract. Exchange differences on such contracts are recognized in the statement of profit and loss in the year in which the exchange rates change. Any profit or loss arising on cancellation or renewal of forward exchange contract is recognized as income or as expense for the year.

 

(j)                             Translation of integral foreign operation

 

Income and Expenditure other than depreciation costs are translated into the reporting currency at the prevailing exchange rates at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at balance sheet date are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the date of the balance sheet. Fixed assets are translated at exchange rates on the date of the transaction and depreciation on fixed assets is translated at the exchange rates used for translation of the underlying fixed assets. Net exchange difference resulting from translation of items, in the financial statements of the foreign branches is recognized in the Profit and Loss Account.

 

In translating the financial statements of a non-integral foreign operation for incorporation in financial statements, the assets and liabilities, both monetary and non-monetary, of the non-integral foreign operation are translated at the closing rate; income and expense items of the non-integral foreign operation are translated at monthly weighted average rates, which approximate the actual exchange rates; and all resulting exchange differences are accumulated in a foreign currency translation reserve until the disposal of the net investment.

 

On the disposal of a non-integral foreign operation, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences which have been deferred and which relate to that operation are recognized as income or as expenses in the same period in which the gain or loss on disposal is recognized.

 

Pursuant to para 24 of AS-11, the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries, being non-integral operations, are translated into Indian rupees as follows:

 

a)              Income and expense items are translated by using an appropriate monthly weighted average exchange rate for the periods.

 

b)             Assets and liabilities, both monetary and non-monetary, are translated at the closing rate.

 

c)              All resulting exchange differences are accumulated in a foreign currency translation reserve which is included under Reserves and Surplus, until the disposal of the net investment in the subsidiary.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.              Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

(k)                  Investments

 

Trade investments are the investments made to enhance the Company’s business interests. Investments that are readily realisable and intended to be held for not more than a year are classified as current investments. All other investments are classified as long-term investments. Current investments are carried at lower of cost and fair value determined on an individual investment basis. Long-term investments are carried at cost. However, provision for diminution in value is made to recognize a decline other than temporary in the value of the investments.

 

(I)                      Taxation

 

Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current income tax expense comprises taxes on income from operations in India and in foreign jurisdictions. Income tax payable in India is determined in accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and tax expense relating to overseas operations is determined in accordance with tax laws applicable in countries where such operations are domiciled.

 

Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized on timing differences being the difference between taxable income and accounting income that originate in one period and are capable of reversal in one or more subsequent periods.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to the taxes on income levied by the same governing taxation laws.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. In situations where the Company has unabsorbed depreciation or carry forward tax losses, all deferred tax assets are recognized only if there is virtual certainty supported by convincing evidence that they can be realised against future taxable profits.

 

At each balance sheet date the Company re-assesses recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets. The Company writes-down the carrying amount of a deferred tax asset to the extent that it is no longer reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be realised. Any such write-down is reversed to the extent that it becomes reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available. The Company recognizes unrecognized deferred tax assets to the extent that it has become reasonably certain or virtually certain, as the case may be, that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realized.

 

Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT) credit is recognized as an asset only when and to the extent there is convincing evidence that the Company will pay normal income tax during the specified period. In the year in which the MAT credit becomes eligible to be recognized as an asset in accordance with the recommendations contained in guidance note issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the said asset is created by way of a credit to the profit and loss account and shown as MAT Credit Entitlement. The Company reviews the same at each balance sheet date and writes down the carrying amount of MAT Credit Entitlement to the extent there is no longer convincing evidence to the effect that Company will pay normal income tax during the specified period.

 

(m)                Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

 

(n)                   Provisions and contingent liabilities

 

Warranty costs on sale of services are accrued based on management’s estimates and historical data at the time related revenues are recorded.

 

The Group creates a provision when there is present obligation as a result of a past event that probably requires an outflow of resources embodying in economic benefits and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. A disclosure for a contingent liability is made when there is a possible obligation or a present obligation that may, but probably will not, require an outflow of resources. When there is a possible obligation or a present obligation in respect of which the likelihood of outflow of resources is remote, no provision or disclosure is made.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

2.              Significant accounting policies (Contd.)

 

(n)                   Provisions and contingent liabilities (Contd.)

 

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources would be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

 

Contingent assets are not recognized in the financial statements. However, contingent assets are assessed continually and if it is virtually certain that an inflow of economic benefits will arise, the asset and related income are recognized in the period in which the change occurs.

 

(o)                    Employee stock options

 

The Group determines the compensation cost based on intrinsic value method. The compensation cost is amortised on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Measurement and disclosure of the employee share-based payment plans is done in accordance with SEBI (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999 and the Guidance Note on Accounting for Employee Share-based Payments, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

 

(p)                    Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of cash flow statement comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less

 

(q)                    Interest in joint venture

 

The Company has a 49% interest in the assets, liabilities, expenses and income of the J R Kyushu System Solutions Inc., incorporated in Japan, which is involved in development of software.

 

The Company’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the jointly controlled entity are as follows at 31 December

 

Liabilities

 

2011

 

2010

 

Reserve and surplus

 

10,234

 

874

 

Secured loans

 

 

876

 

Current liabilities

 

53,306

 

15,178

 

Provisions

 

53

 

31

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets (Gross block)

 

11,499

 

7,334

 

Accumulated depreciation on fixed assets

 

(4,473

)

(1,122

)

Net block

 

7,026

 

6,212

 

Sundry debtors

 

5,682

 

2,223

 

Cash and bank balances

 

14,786

 

13,781

 

Unbilled revenue

 

56,691

 

15,221

 

Loans and advances

 

537

 

652

 

Profit and loss account (debit balance)

 

4,826

 

4,826

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

147,592

 

26,172

 

Other Income

 

297

 

5

 

Expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel costs

 

8,106

 

7,062

 

Selling, general and administration costs

 

133,099

 

22,885

 

Depreciation

 

2,480

 

1,011

 

Interest costs

 

13

 

15

 

Provision for taxation

 

56

 

31

 

Capital commitment and contingent liability

 

Nil

 

Nil

 

 

107



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

3.              Business acquisitions

 

Acquisition of CHCS

 

Effective 9 June 2010, Patni Americas Inc., USA acquired 100% equity interest in CHCS from one of its Insurance customer. CHCS is a Third Party Administrator (“TPA”) providing services to Insurance companies. The primary purpose for the acquisition is to step into a new line of business as a TPA in the insurance and healthcare sector, to enhance Patni’s existing BPO capabilities to deliver end-to-end platform based solution and TPA services to insurance providers’ back office transactions. As part of acquisition, Patni obtained an assembled and trained work force of 250 employees. A considerable expenditure for recruiting, selecting and training would be required to replace these employees with individuals of comparable skills and expertise. The value of assembled and trained workforce is not included in purchase price summary but is included with the residual value of goodwill. The terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement provided for payment of cash consideration of GRAPHIC 279,660 and an amount equal to the working capital to the selling shareholders. Acquisition-related expenses incurred by the Company amounted to GRAPHIC 26,195, which have been recorded under selling, general and administrative expenses. This transaction has been accounted using the purchase method of accounting. The exceed of purchase price of GRAPHIC 339,678 over the book value of assets and liabilities aggregating GRAPHIC 229,237 has been accounted as goodwill.

 

Net current assets

 

60,249

 

Fixed assets

 

47,989

 

Deferred tax assets

 

2,203

 

Goodwill

 

229,237

 

Total purchase price

 

339,678

 

 

The aggregate goodwill recorded in these consolidated financial statements comprise the following:

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Patni USA

 

1,263,767

 

1,263,767

 

The Reference Inc

 

135,174

 

135,174

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Inc

 

2,557,981

 

2,557,981

 

Patni Life Sciences Inc

 

378,699

 

378,699

 

Logan-Orviss International Associates BV

 

261,399

 

261,399

 

CHCS Services Inc

 

229,237

 

229,237

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

679,171

 

11,803

 

Closing balances

 

5,505,428

 

4,838,060

 

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

During the year ended 31 December 2007, Patni has, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Patni USA, acquired from one of its major customer, the worldwide rights for a software Proprietary Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) that enables communication service providers to offer customer management, retail point-of-sale and billing services for a variety of products and services. Cost of acquisition of the IPR amounting to GRAPHIC 811,485 has been capitalised as an intangible asset and is being amortised over a period of ten years. The Group is using this intellectual property for the purposes of software licensing, provision of reusable IP-led IT services, managed services and provision of hosted or software-as-a-service solutions. A royalty of 5% is payable to the seller on such sales.

 

Due to adverse market conditions, during the year ended 31 December 2009 the Company reviewed the recoverability of the carrying amount of the IPR. Based on management estimate, the expected discounted cash flows from the use of this IPR was lower than the carrying amount and accordingly, an impairment charge of GRAPHIC 237,562 for the year ended 31 December 2009 had been recorded and included under depreciation in the consolidated Profit and Loss Account. The new cost basis for this IPR as of 31 December 2010 was GRAPHIC 433,187.

 

As of and during the year ended 31 December 2011, the Management assessed the carring amount and expected cash flow from this IPR and concluded that the carring amount of this IPR is not recoverable. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment charge of GRAPHIC 401,010 for this IPR.

 

In June 2010, Patni, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Patni UK, acquired from one of its customer, an existing software Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) which is used for education sector management in UK and Ireland. Cost of acquisition

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

3.              Business acquisitions (Contd.)

 

Intellectual property Rights (contd).

 

of the IPR and marketing rights amounting to GRAPHIC 558,032 has been capitalised as an intangible asset and is being amortised over a period of seven years. The Company intends to increase the revenue by sale of licenses in certain geographies along with significant use in horizontals or verticals other than the learning domain.

 

During the year, the Company evaluated this IPR and concluded that it was impaired as a result of substantial decline in expected cash flow and change in business strategy for usage of IPR. Accordingly, in the year ended 31 December 2011, the Company recorded an impairment charge of GRAPHIC 490,834 .

 

The aggregate impairment charge of GRAPHIC 891,844 for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

4                 Segmental information

 

The Group’s operations relate to providing IT services and solutions, delivered to customers operating in various industry segments. Accordingly, during predecessor period revenues represented along industry classes comprised the principal basis of segmental information set out in these consolidated financial statements. Secondary segmental reporting was performed on the basis of the geographical location of the customers. Consequent to iGATE acquiring majority ownership in the Company, there has been change in operational and management structure of the Company. With this change, the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company review the performance of the Company as one primary segment as IT and IT-enabled operations solutions and services. Secondary segmental reporting continues to be performed on the basis of the geographical segmentation since Company operates in various countries. The Company has assessed and concluded in that it operates in a single operating segment of IT and IT-enabled operations solutions and services considering similar risk and return for various types of services provided by the Company. The Company allocates resources in terms of employees and infrastructures based on the requirement of each project and are used interchangeably between various services.

 

Patni’s geographic segmentation is based on location of customers and comprises United States of America (“USA”), Europe, Japan, India and Others. Revenue in relation to geographic segments is categorised based on the location of the specific customer entity for which services are performed irrespective of the customer entity that is billed for the services and whether the services are delivered onsite or offshore. Categorisation of customer related assets in relation to geographic segments is based on the location of the specific customer entity which is billed for the services.

 

Significant portions of assets other than customer related assets are located in India except for goodwill which is significantly located in USA. The majority of additions to fixed assets are in India.

 

Geographic segments

 

As at 31 December 2011 and for the year then ended

 

Particulars

 

USA

 

Europe

 

Japan

 

India

 

Others

 

Total

 

Sales and service income

 

27,665,892

 

4,894,559

 

1,182,001

 

777,606

 

1,159,350

 

35,679,408

 

Sundry debtors

 

5,403,739

 

1,290,369

 

125,945

 

242,206

 

251,877

 

7,314,136

 

Unbilled revenue

 

1,183,621

 

311,874

 

91,067

 

59,005

 

89,928

 

1,735,495

 

 

As at 31 December 2010 and for the year then ended

 

Particulars

 

USA

 

Europe

 

Japan

 

India

 

Others

 

Total

 

Sales and service income

 

25,462,280

 

3,636,223

 

985,219

 

702,849

 

1,094,276

 

31,880,847

 

Sundry debtors

 

4,208,747

 

745,616

 

77,089

 

221,090

 

185,976

 

5,438,518

 

Unbilled revenue

 

929,372

 

281,085

 

60,496

 

36,098

 

81,845

 

1,388,896

 

 

5.              Related party transactions

 

(a)

Related parties where control exists

 

 

Category of related parties

 

 

Holding Company and ultimate holding companies

 

 

iGATE Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

iGATE Holding Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Pan-Asia iGATE Solutions, (Mauritius)

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Others

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Superannuation Trust

 

 

109



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

5.              Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

 

Joint Ventures

 

 

J R Kyushu Patni Systems Inc.

 

(b)

Related parties with whom transactions have taken place during the year
Holding Company and ultimate holding companies

 

iGATE Corporation

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

iGATE Technologies (Canada) Inc.

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Joint Ventures

 

 

J R Kyushu Patni Systems Inc.

 

 

Entities over which key management personnel exercise significant influence (Affiliates)

 

PCS Technology Limited and its subsidiaries

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

PCS Finance Private Limited

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Ravi & Ashok Enterprises

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

iSolutions Inc.

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

Members of Patni family and their relatives (ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011)

1)

Sadhana A. Patni

 

 

2)

Amit Kumar G. Patni

 

 

3)

Rajnikanta G. Patni

 

 

4)

Apoorva A. Patni

 

 

5)

Arihant G. Patni

 

 

6)

Shruti Arihant Patni

 

 

7)

Ruchi Patni

 

 

8)

Aysuhi Amitkumar Patni

 

 

9)

Aakriti Amitkumar Patni

 

 

10)

Poonam patni

 

 

11)

Vasoondhara A. Patni

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Others

 

 

Anirudh Patni

ceased to be related party with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

(c)

Key management personnel and relative of key management personnel (KMP)

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

resigned with effect from 8 February 2011

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

resigned with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy

appointed as CEO & Managing Director with effect from 12 May 2011

 

Mr. Derek Kemp

 

 

110



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

5.              Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

(d) Transactions and balances with related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

with

 

 

 

 

 

Holding

 

Fellow

 

 

 

 

 

substantial

 

 

 

Nature of the transaction

 

Company

 

Subsidiaries

 

Affiliates

 

KMP

 

interest

 

Others

 

Transactions during the year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

515,539

 

 

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

183,022

 

127,829

 

 

 

6,906

 

 

Purchase of fixed assets

 

 

10,215

 

 

 

 

 

Amount incurred on behalf of fellow subsidiary

 

 

10,406

 

 

 

 

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

16,390

 

2,356

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,233

 

Purchase of services

 

*

1,073,877

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation costs

 

38,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other services

 

 

11,182

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit received

 

 

 

1,545

 

 

 

 

Balances at 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security deposits paid

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

 

Debtors

 

171,033

 

88,678

 

 

 

 

 

Unbilled revenue

 

16,116

 

64,944

 

 

 

 

 

Advances

 

 

92,855

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

5,264

 

308,144

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration payable to the directors

 

 

 

 

25,710

 

 

 

Transactions during the year ended 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

193,202

 

 

 

Pension

 

 

 

 

48,329

 

 

 

No. of RSUs granted

 

 

 

 

240,500

 

 

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

 

 

18,433

 

 

Sale of vehicle

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,681

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

 

4,328

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

1,204,856

 

885,846

 

3,387,638

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Balances at 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security deposits

 

 

 

1,748

 

 

 

 

Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

2,921

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

2,849

 

 

 

 

Remuneration payable to the directors

 

 

 

 

109,331

 

 

 

Provision for pension benefits

 

 

 

 

541,767

 

 

 

Stock option outstanding

 

 

 

 

34,821

 

 

 

 


(*) In August 2011, Patni Americas, Inc. has entered into an agreement for sales and administrative support service with iGate Technologies Inc. As per the terms of an agreement, iGate Technologies Inc. will charge a sum of $49 million per annum for sales and marketing services rendered. In the month of August 2011, Patni Americas, Inc. has transferred 130 employees along with their liability (amounting to GRAPHIC 172,584) to iGate Technologies Inc.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

5.              Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

Out of the above, transactions with related parties in excess of 10% of the total related party transactions are as under:

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

Transactions during the year

 

 

 

 

 

i)

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

162,707

 

128,879

 

 

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

 

299,700

 

118,926

 

 

 

Mr. Derek Kemp

 

44,441

 

28,195

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

 

(3,137

)

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

 

(3,137

)

ii)

 

No of RSU’s granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

240,500

 

iii)

 

Sitting fees paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

60

 

100

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

40

 

100

 

vi)

 

Sales and service income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

183,022

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGate Global Solution Limited

 

86,095

 

 

 

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

 

41,734

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

6,906

 

18,433

 

v)

 

Purchase of Fixed Asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGate Global Solution Limited

 

10,215

 

 

vi)

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iSolutions Inc.

 

 

1,204,856

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

 

1,512,321

 

 

 

Mr. Arihant G. Patni

 

 

322,766

 

 

 

Ms. Vasoondhara A. Patni

 

 

330,000

 

 

 

Key Management Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

 

476,771

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

 

269,894

 

 

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

 

 

139,181

 

vii)

 

Sale of vehicle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Anirudh Patni

 

 

1,681

 

viii)

 

Amount incurred on behalf of fellow subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGate Global Solution Limited

 

10,406

 

 

ix)

 

Rent and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

16,390

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

684

 

1,396

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

953

 

1,531

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

598

 

1,281

 

x)

 

Purchase of Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

1,067,040

 

 

 

112



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

5.              Related party transactions (Contd.)

 

Out of the above, transactions with related parties in excess of 10% of the total related party transactions are as under: (Contd.)

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

xi)

 

ESOP Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

38,311

 

 

xii)

 

Other Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

11,182

 

 

xiii)

 

Deposits received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

540

 

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

525

 

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

450

 

 

xiv)

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Patni Computer Systems Limited Employee Gratuity Fund

 

92,233

 

30,000

 

 

 

Balances as at the year end

 

 

 

 

 

i)

 

Security deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

 

591

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

 

627

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

 

501

 

ii)

 

Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

171,033

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGate Global Solution Limited

 

85,566

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parties with substantial interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Atlantic Mauritius Limited (‘GA’)

 

 

2,921

 

iii)

 

Advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

92,855

 

 

iv)

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc

 

16,116

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

27,864

 

 

 

 

Mascot Systems GmbH

 

37,080

 

 

v)

 

Amounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Technologies Inc.

 

5,264

 

 

 

 

Fellow Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iGATE Global Solutions Limited

 

308,144

 

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS Cullinet Private Limited

 

 

847

 

 

 

Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

PCS Finance Limited

 

 

808

 

vi)

 

Remuneration payable to the directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

54,989

 

 

 

Mr. Derek Kemp

 

25,710

 

7,975

 

vii)

 

Stock option outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Jeya Kumar

 

 

34,821

 

viii)

 

Provision for pension benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Narendra K Patni

 

 

429,020

 

 

 

Mr. Ashok K Patni

 

 

65,541

 

 

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni

 

 

47,205

 

 

113



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

6.              Leases

 

Finance lease:

 

The Group has acquired certain vehicles under finance lease for a non-cancellable period of 4 to 5 years. At the inception of the lease, fair value of such vehicles has been recorded as an asset under gross block of vehicles with a corresponding lease obligation recorded under secured loans. There is no escalation clause in the lease aggrement. There are no restriction imposed by lease arrangements. Fixed assets include the following amounts in relation to the above leased assets:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

As at

 

2011

 

2010

 

Gross block of vehicles

 

22,512

 

18,524

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

9,625

 

8,805

 

Net block

 

12,887

 

9,719

 

 

Total minimum lease payments and maturity profile of finance leases at the balance sheet date, the element of interest included in such payments, and the present value of the minimum lease payments as of 31 December 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Total minimum

 

Interest included

 

Present value of

 

 

 

lease payments

 

in minimum lease

 

minimum lease

 

Particulars

 

oustanding

 

payments

 

payments

 

31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No later than one year

 

5,241

 

1,411

 

3,830

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

9,660

 

1,479

 

8,181

 

Totals

 

14,901

 

2,890

 

12,011

 

31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No later than one year

 

4,699

 

818

 

3,881

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

7,696

 

928

 

6,768

 

Total

 

12,395

 

1,746

 

10,649

 

 

Operating lease:

 

The Group has taken certain office spaces and accommodation for its employees under operating lease agreements, which expires at various dates through year 2018. Some of the lease agreement have a price escalation clause. The lease rental expense recognized in the profit and loss account for the year is GRAPHIC 437,295 (2010 : GRAPHIC 485,607). The escalation amount for non-cancellable operating lease payable in future years and accounted for by the Company is GRAPHIC 7,589. There are no subleases. Future minimum lease payments and the payment profile of non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

No later than one year

 

140,330

 

120,133

 

Later than one year and not later than five years

 

214,370

 

280,626

 

 

 

354,700

 

400,759

 

 

7.                Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

a)

 

Provision for tax expense consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Indian (refer Note c)

 

914,072

 

1,257,624

 

 

 

- Foreign

 

(250,262

)

239,325

 

 

 

- MAT credit entitlement

 

(222,482

)

(709,288

)

 

 

 

 

441,328

 

787,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense/(credit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Indian

 

248,254

 

118,589

 

 

 

- Foreign

 

25,888

 

(69,179

)

 

 

 

 

274,142

 

49,410

 

 

 

 

 

715,470

 

837,071

 

 

114



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

7.              Taxes (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

b)

 

The significant components of deferred tax asset and liability consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for retirement benefits

 

498,495

 

378,386

 

 

 

Provision for bad and doubtful debts

 

24,874

 

20,882

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net

 

38,970

 

17,297

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

318,588

 

120,049

 

 

 

Unbilled revenue

 

49,716

 

23,871

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

72,653

 

153,479

 

 

 

Carry forward loss

 

3

 

69,128

 

 

 

Unrealised loss on derivatives

 

239,350

 

58,298

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation costs

 

9,055

 

41,529

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(93,294

)

(169,425

)

 

 

Others

 

(23,023

)

(18,429

)

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

1,135,387

 

695,065

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US branch profit taxes

 

(147,070

)

(68,372

)

 

 

Others

 

28,961

 

37,126

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

(118,109

)

(31,246

)

 

c)

 

The Statute of limitation period for the March 2008 and March 2007 tax return of the US Branch of the Company expired in December 2011 and December 2010 respectively i.e. on expiry of 3 years from the date of filing which was 15 December 2008 and 15 December 2007. Hence the Company has reversed the provision for that year on account of taxes and interest. Accordingly the following amounts have been included in the Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Reversal of interest expense*

 

(43,341

)

(47,572

)

 

 

Decrease in income taxes -current

 

(354,501

)

(301,064

)

 

 

Increase in income taxes -deferred

 

7,883

 

19,145

 

 

 

Total

 

(389,959

)

(329,491

)

 


 

 

* Included in ‘Other Income’

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.              Commitment and contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

i)

Capital and other commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

Capital commitments Estimated amount of unexecuted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated amount of unexecuted capital contracts (net of advances)

 

134,575

 

2,434,693

 

 

b)

Outstanding letter of credit

 

4,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

138,979

 

2,434,693

 

ii)

Contingent Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

Disputed Income Tax

 

5,395,507

 

3,745,312

 

 

b)

Outstanding bank guarantees

 

49,333

 

176,534

 

 

 

 

 

5,444,840

 

3,921,846

 

 

Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for includes cases wherein purchase orders have been released and work has either not commenced or has been partially completed.

 

115



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

8.              Commitment and contingent liabilities (Contd.)

 

The Company has received the Income Tax Demand orders, amounting to GRAPHIC 5,395,509 for the relevant Assessment Years (A.Y) 2002-03, 2003-04, 2004-05, 2005-06, 2006-07, 2007-08. The assessment orders demand is raised mainly on account of disallowance of certain 10A benefits and transfer pricing adjustment on account of interest on delayed recoveries from Associated Enterprises and BPO operation. Although the Company has paid certain amounts related to these demands pending various levels of appeals, management considers these disallowances as not tenable against the Company, and therefore no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

 

In December 2011, the income tax department has issued the draft assessment order for A.Y 2008-09 disallowing the tax benefits under Section 10A of the Act as per the earlier assessments, as well as making a transfer pricing adjustment for delayed recoveries from the Associated Enterprises. The Company has filed the objections against the draft order before the Dispute Resolution Panel newly set up under the Income Tax Act. Management considers these disallowances as not tenable against the Company, and therefore no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

 

The Company is involved in lawsuits and claims which arise in ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

9.              Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

 

Foreign currency forward and option contracts

 

The Group is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets/liabilities, forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency. The use of derivatives to hedge foreign currency forecasted cash flows is governed by the Company’s strategy, which provides principles on the use of such forward contracts and currency options consistent with the Company’s Risk Management Policy. The counter party in these derivative instruments are banks and the Company considers the risks of non-performance by the counter party as non-material. A majority of the forward foreign exchange/option contracts mature between one to seventeen months and the forecasted transactions are expected to occur during the same period. The Company does not use forward contracts and currency options for speculative purposes.

 

The following table presents the aggregate contracts principle amounts of the Group’s derivative contracts outstanding :

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Sell Covers

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

INR equivalent

 

INR equivalent

 

USD/INR

 

18,112,031

 

13,826,828

 

JPY/USD

 

51,421

 

274,806

 

GBP/USD

 

1,097,753

 

605,482

 

EUR/INR

 

113,297

 

 

 

 

19,374,502

 

14,707,116

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Options

 

2011

 

2010

 

Range Forward

 

 

 

 

 

USD/INR

 

265,300

 

223,500

 

 

 

265,300

 

223,500

 

 

The following table summarises activity in the hedging reserve related to all derivative financial instruments classified as cash flow hedges during the years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Particulars

 

2011

 

2010

 

(Loss)/gain as at the beginning of the year

 

(36,132

)

77,008

 

Unrealised gain on cash flow hedging derivatives during the year

 

716,736

 

377,621

 

Net income reclassified into profit and account on occurrence of hedged transactions

 

1,093,265

 

(490,761

)

Gain/(loss) as at the end of the year (refer Note 1 and 2 below)

 

1,773,869

 

(36,132

)

 

As of the balance sheet date, the Company’s net foreign currency exposure that is not hedged is GRAPHIC 29,780 (2010 : GRAPHIC 42,604).

 

Notes:

 

1.               Balance as at year end is inclusive of deferred tax liability of GRAPHIC 510,001 (2010 : GRAPHIC 10,996).

 

2.               At 31 December 2011, the estimated net amount of existing loss that is expected to be reclassified into the profit and loss account within the next twelve months is GRAPHIC 1,774,862 (previous year loss of: GRAPHIC 295,732).

 

116



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

10.            Employee stock compensation plans

 

On 30 June 2003 Patni established the ‘Patni ESOP 2003’ plan (‘the plan’). Under the plan, the Company is authorised to issue up to 11,142,085 equity shares to eligible employees. Employees covered by the Plan are granted an option, which may be based on service or performance criteria, to purchase shares of the Company subject to the requirements of vesting. The options vest in a graded manner from one year to four years and expire at the end of five years from the date of vesting. The Stock based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting term of each separately vesting portion of an award (accelerated amortisation method). A compensation committee constituted by the Board of Directors of the Company administers the plan. The plan has been amended to enable the Company to issue up to 2,000,000 ADR linked options (wherein one ADR linked option is equal to two equity shares of the Company) to the employees of the Company as well as its subsidiaries. Accordingly, “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2009” has come into force with effect from 21 June 2006. The same has been approved by shareholders in it’s meeting held on 30 June 2003.

 

In June 2009, the shareholders authorised the Company to issue upto an additional 8,000,000 equity shares to eligible employees under the 2003 ESOP Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “ESOP Plan”).

 

The exercise price of the grant approximated the fair value of the underlying equity shares at the date of the grant, except in the case of restricted stock units, where in the exercise price for the grants offered to employees is at face value of the share price.

 

Stock options* activity under the plan is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Range of

 

Weighted

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Shares arising

 

exercise

 

Average

 

remaining contractual

 

 

 

out of options

 

prices

 

Exercise Price

 

life (months)

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

2,315,895

 

2

 

2

 

59

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

68

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

71

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

145

 

17

 

 

 

1,078,460

 

254-338

 

332

 

37

 

 

 

1,355,740

 

339-493

 

440

 

49

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

6,501,948

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

20,250

 

2

 

2

 

85

 

Granted during the year

 

20,250

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

288,987

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

2,980

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

134,588

 

254-338

 

334

 

 

 

 

436,070

 

339-493

 

452

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

862,625

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

1,611,627

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

106

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

 

 

 

35,124

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

390,997

 

254-338

 

330

 

 

 

 

137,305

 

339-493

 

412

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

3,075,053

 

 

 

107

 

 

Expired during the year

 

16,751

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

74,674

 

254-338

 

338

 

 

 

 

48,599

 

339-493

 

446

 

 

Expired during the year

 

140,024

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

435,531

 

2

 

2

 

60

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

106

 

 

 

 

46,998

 

145

 

145

 

11

 

 

 

478,201

 

254-338

 

333

 

34

 

 

 

733,766

 

339-493

 

438

 

39

 

 

117



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

10.            Employee stock compensation plans (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Range of

 

Weighted

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Shares arising

 

exercise

 

Average

 

remaining contractual

 

 

 

out of options

 

prices

 

Exercise Price

 

life (months)

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

2,444,496

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

342,481

 

2

 

 

56

 

 

 

750,000

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

46,998

 

145

 

 

11

 

 

 

369,626

 

254-338

 

 

26

 

 

 

661,516

 

339-493

 

 

31

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

2,170,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Range of

 

Weighted

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Shares arising

 

exercise

 

Average

 

remaining contractual

 

 

 

out of options

 

prices

 

Exercise Price

 

life (months)

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

2,246,900

 

2

 

2

 

72

 

 

 

277,675

 

145

 

145

 

24

 

 

 

274,000

 

112

 

112

 

82

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

80

 

 

 

2,279,076

 

254-338

 

332

 

40

 

 

 

1,806,926

 

339-493

 

437

 

57

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

8,384,577

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

1,043,940

 

2

 

2

 

90

 

 

 

60,000

 

339-493

 

471

 

61

 

Granted during the year

 

1,103,940

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

6,000

 

145

 

145

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

6,000

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

832,217

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

124,000

 

112

 

112

 

 

 

 

155,846

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

957,483

 

254-338

 

333

 

 

 

 

184,922

 

339-493

 

407

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

2,254,468

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

Expired during the year

 

142,728

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

13,976

 

145

 

145

 

 

 

 

243,133

 

254-338

 

327

 

 

 

 

326,264

 

339-493

 

447

 

 

Expired during the year

 

726,101

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

2,315,895

 

2

 

2

 

59

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

106

 

106

 

68

 

 

 

150,000

 

112

 

112

 

71

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

145

 

17

 

 

 

1,078,460

 

254-338

 

332

 

37

 

 

 

1,355,740

 

339-493

 

440

 

49

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

6,501,948

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

264,354

 

2

 

 

52

 

 

 

375,000

 

106

 

 

50

 

 

 

101,853

 

145

 

 

17

 

 

 

789,210

 

254-338

 

 

26

 

 

 

951,240

 

339-493

 

 

36

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

2,481,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Includes stock options granted to employees of subsidiary companies.

 

The Company has allotted 3,075,053 (2010: 2,293,048) number of shares at par value of  2 per share to the employee’s on the exercise of the options for the year ended 31 December 2011.

 

118



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

10.            Employee stock compensation plans (Contd.)

 

Patni uses the intrinsic value method of accounting for its employee stock options. Patni has therefore adopted the pro-forma disclosure provisions as required by the Guidance Note on “Accounting for Employee Share-based payments” issued by the ICAI with effect from 1 April 2005. Had the compensation cost been determined in a manner consistent with the fair value approach described in the aforesaid Guidance Note, Patni’s net profit and EPS as reported would have been adjusted to the pro-forma amounts indicated below:

 

Particulars

 

31 December
2011

 

31 December
2010

 

Profit for the year after taxation as reported

 

4,014,571

 

6,231,715

 

Add : Stock based employee compensation determined under the intrinsic value method

 

249,067

 

345,254

 

Less : Stock based employee compensation determined under the fair value method

 

227,004

 

403,206

 

Proforma profit

 

4,036,634

 

6,173,763

 

Reported earnings per equity share of  2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

30.07

 

47.90

 

- Diluted

 

29.58

 

46.44

 

Pro-forma earnings per equity share of  2 each

 

 

 

 

 

- Basic

 

30.23

 

47.45

 

- Diluted

 

29.75

 

46.01

 

 

The stock based compensation disclosed above is with respect to all stock options granted on or after 1April 2005.

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for equity linked options.

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Dividend yield

 

0.67%

 

0.60% - 1.06%

 

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.67%

 

0.68%

 

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

3.5 - 6.5 years

 

Risk free interest rates

 

8.29% - 8.37%

 

6.81% - 7.96%

 

Volatility

 

38.47% - 39.13%

 

37.69% - 42.84%

 

Weighted Average Volatility

 

38.84%

 

41.85%

 

 

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for ADR Linked Options:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Dividend yield

 

0.68%

 

0.60% - 1.06%

 

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0.68%

 

0.64%

 

Expected life

 

3.5 - 5.5 years

 

1.0 - 6.5 years

 

Risk free interest rates

 

0.58% - 1.15%

 

0.48% - 2.93%

 

Volatility

 

38.27% - 40.64%

 

30.54% - 46.33%

 

Weighted average volatility

 

39.71%

 

32.14%

 

 

The expected volatility was determined based on historical volatility data.

 

The compensation expense for RSU’s granted is accounted as per Intrinsic value method and shown under the head personnel cost as stated below:

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Personnel cost

 

249,067

 

345,254

 

 

119



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.            The details of investments in mutual funds

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

Face

 

2011

 

2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

I.

 

Dividend/income fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Daily Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Liquidity Fund

 

10

 

99,989,324

 

1,000,147

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Liquidity Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,000

 

817,476

 

817,734

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Ultra-short Bond Fund - Super Institutional

 

10

 

66,038,540

 

661,151

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund - Short Term Plan

 

100

 

6,131,403

 

613,263

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Insta Cash Plus Fund Super Institutional Plan

 

100

 

4,985,859

 

500,102

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Treasury Management Account -Super Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

385,976

 

386,235

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Cash Plus-Institutional Premium Plan

 

100

 

2,818,870

 

282,436

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Cash Manager - Plan A

 

100

 

2,803,087

 

280,393

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund-Short Term Plan

 

100

 

2,510,292

 

251,079

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Liquid Plan - Super Institutional

 

100

 

2,406,766

 

240,731

 

 

 

 

 

Templeton India Treasury Management Account - Super Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

239,876

 

240,038

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Liquid Fund - Super Institutional

 

1,001

 

180,414

 

180,556

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Money Manager Fund - Institutional Plan

 

1,001

 

118,770

 

118,865

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan C

 

10

 

1,684,025

 

16,843

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Cash Plus-Institutional Premium Plan

 

100

 

11,036

 

1,106

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Floating Rate Fund - Short Term Plan

 

100

 

708,641

 

70,878

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC CF-Plan C - LIQUID

 

10

 

813,172

 

813,375

 

3,512,345

 

35,132

 

 

 

TATA Liquid Super High Investment Fund

 

1,115

 

722,265

 

804,979

 

203,882

 

227,230

 

 

 

HDFC Liquid Fund - Premium Plan

 

12

 

 

 

40,790,685

 

500,086

 

 

 

IDFC Cash Fund - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

 

 

38,377,184

 

383,868

 

 

 

IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

 

 

15,254,123

 

152,564

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

7,279,911

 

 

 

1,298,880

 

B

 

Weekly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

50,424,340

 

508,494

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Ultra Short Term Fund - Inst Plan

 

10

 

35,759,163

 

360,543

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund-Investment Plan - Inst Plan B

 

10

 

24,261,872

 

244,191

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC Income Fund - Short Term - Inst. Plus

 

10

 

15,341,150

 

154,260

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

106

 

1,045,073

 

110,236

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Short Term Plan - Regular

 

10

 

9,087,890

 

92,601

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund-Investment Plan

 

10

 

4,329,209

 

43,607

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Money Manager Fund-Institutional Plan

 

1,003

 

41,211

 

41,300

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Floater Fund

 

10

 

9,866,746

 

99,484

 

15,851,656

 

159,834

 

 

 

TATA Floater Fund

 

10

 

15,242,644

 

153,704

 

8,005,714

 

80,708

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan

 

105

 

596,497

 

62,902

 

557,011

 

58,738

 

 

 

Birla Sunlife Liquid Plus Institutional

 

10

 

708,255

 

70,902

 

6,611,834

 

66,105

 

 

 

Reliance Medium Term Fund

 

17

 

3,690,044

 

63,096

 

3,446,164

 

58,932

 

 

120



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.            The details of investments in mutual funds (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

Face

 

2011

 

2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

B

 

Weekly Dividend (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Super Institutional Plan C

 

10

 

9,705,306

 

97,464

 

8,331,900

 

83,610

 

 

 

HDFC Cash Management Fund - Treasury Advantage Plan

 

10

 

8,603,285

 

86,249

 

8,045,463

 

80,630

 

 

 

Kotak Floater Long Term

 

10

 

8,566,483

 

86,256

 

7,997,615

 

80,523

 

 

 

Reliance Liquid Fund - Cash Plan

 

11

 

 

 

36,650,995

 

400,115

 

 

 

IDFC-Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan

 

10

 

 

 

7,588,343

 

76,264

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan Premium

 

105

 

 

 

62,374

 

6,577

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

2,275,289

 

 

 

1,152,036

 

C.

 

Fortnightly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan C

 

10

 

25,104,823

 

244,182

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan C

 

11

 

15,082,539

 

161,650

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Short Term Plan - Institutional Plan

 

12

 

20,847,871

 

250,643

 

20,010,930

 

237,138

 

 

 

G75 IDFC - SSIF - ST - Plan D

 

10

 

 

 

15,348,843

 

154,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

656,475

 

 

 

391,620

 

D.

 

Monthly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC Ultra Short Term Fund

 

10

 

25,602,613

 

258,739

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Bond Short Term Plan

 

10

 

10,465,488

 

105,221

 

 

 

 

 

HDFC Short Term Plan

 

10

 

7,915,672

 

81,694

 

7,416,595

 

76,546

 

 

 

Reliance Short Term Fund - Retail Plan

 

11

 

15,149,458

 

161,789

 

14,342,616

 

152,364

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Long Term Floating Rate plan C

 

10

 

 

 

20,135,761

 

201,954

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

607,443

 

 

 

430,864

 

E.

 

Quarterly Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential interval fund II Quarterly Interval Plan D

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

39,701,839

 

400,000

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Quarterly - Series 4

 

10

 

 

 

20,408,431

 

204,084

 

 

 

Birla Sunlife Interval Income Fund - Instititutional Quarterly Series 1

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 7

 

10

 

 

 

19,997,200

 

200,000

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund II Quarterly Interval Plan B

 

10

 

 

 

15,328,264

 

153,283

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

1,157,367

 

F.

 

Income Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - 12M - Series 12

 

10

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - 12M - Series 13

 

10

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 53 - 1 Year Plan F

 

10

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 55 - 1 Year Plan A

 

10

 

18,700,000

 

187,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock - Series 21 - 3M

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 38 (370 Days)

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 48 (272 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 55 - 1 Year Plan C

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XIX - Series 6

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

121



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.       The details of investments in mutual funds (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

2011

 

2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

F.

 

Income Funds (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 37 (370 Days)

 

10

 

14,500,000

 

145,000

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Fixed Term Plan - Series CO

 

10

 

14,000,000

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 34 (370 Days)

 

10

 

14,000,000

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 32 (370 Days)

 

10

 

12,000,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

Tata Fixed Maturity Plan Series 30 Scheme A

 

10

 

11,781,301

 

117,813

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC FMP - QS 67

 

10

 

10,350,000

 

103,500

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 19 - 3M

 

10

 

10,106,373

 

101,064

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund - Series 86 (DFTF - 86)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 22 - 3M

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock FMP - Series 26 - 3M

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IV - Plan F (368 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IX - Plan C (182 days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 6

 

10

 

7,997,761

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund - Series 82 (DFTF - 82)

 

11

 

5,000,000

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan 3 month Series 25

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month - Series 23

 

10

 

 

 

40,010,400

 

400,104

 

 

 

Birla Sun life Short term Fixed Maturity Plan Series 2

 

10

 

 

 

35,004,869

 

350,049

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

 

 

34,958,505

 

349,586

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month - Series 22

 

10

 

 

 

32,100,000

 

321,000

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock Fixed Maturity Plan - 3 month Series 21

 

10

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Blended Plan B - II

 

10

 

 

 

28,840,330

 

300,000

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 53 - One Year Plan C-Cumulative

 

10

 

 

 

22,000,000

 

220,000

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan Sr IV A - 3 month

 

10

 

 

 

20,400,000

 

204,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 6

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan Sr IV Plan C (3 Months)

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Quarterly Interval Plan Series 8

 

10

 

 

 

16,727,513

 

167,276

 

 

 

BNP Paribas Fixed Term Fund Series 17D - Fixed Maturity Plan

 

10

 

 

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund 16 sr 2

 

10

 

 

 

14,015,690

 

140,157

 

 

 

Birla Fixed Term Plan Sr. CG investment

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan - 12 Month - Series 9

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 6M series 9

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

3,234,377

 

 

 

3,752,172

 

II.

 

Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Birla Sun Life Fixed Term Plan - Series CK

 

11

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 56 - 1 Year Plan B Cumulative

 

11

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

122



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

11.  The details of investments in mutual funds (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

Face

 

2011

 

2010

 

Particulars

 

Value

 

Units

 

Amount

 

Units

 

Amount

 

II.

 

Growth Fund (Contd.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Fixed Maturity Plan - Series 56 - 1 Year Plan A Cumulative

 

11

 

18,000,000

 

180,000

 

 

 

 

 

HDFC FMP 375D JULY 2011 (2)

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 30 (370 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 40 (370 Days)

 

11

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 57 (370 Days)

 

10

 

12,000,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

IDFC FMP - YS - 43

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC Fixed Term Series 79

 

11

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 52 (370 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 56 (370 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak FMP Series 59 (160 Days)

 

10

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

TFMP Series 31 Scheme C

 

11

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

TFMP 37 Scheme A

 

10

 

8,000,000

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock FMP - 3M Series 24

 

10

 

7,000,000

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XX - Series 22

 

10

 

7,000,000

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 29

 

10

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

DSP BlackRock Fixed Maturity Plan 12 Month Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

300,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan Sr 28

 

10

 

 

 

25,010,419

 

250,011

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series IV - Plan E

 

10

 

 

 

25,000,000

 

250,000

 

 

 

Reliance Fixed Horizon Fund - XVI - Series 5

 

10

 

 

 

20,008,551

 

200,086

 

 

 

DWS Fixed Term Fund- Series 77

 

10

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

10,001,418

 

100,014

 

 

 

Religare Fixed Maturity Plan - Series - III Plan F (370 Days)

 

10

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

Kotak Fixed Maturity Plan 370 Days Series 10

 

10

 

 

 

6,090,602

 

60,906

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund - Annual Interval Plan IV

 

12

 

 

 

4,317,548

 

50,328

 

 

 

ICICI Prudential Interval Fund - Annual Interval Plan IV

 

12

 

 

 

4,289,379

 

50,000

 

 

 

DSP Blackrock FMP - 3M Series 24

 

10

 

 

 

15,000,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

2,270,000

 

 

 

1,861,345

 

 

 

Grand Total

 

 

 

 

 

16,423,495

 

 

 

10,044,284

 

III.

 

Other Investments - Certificate of deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State Bank of Travancore

 

97,554

 

5,000

 

456,942

 

2,500

 

243,884

 

 

 

Corporation Bank

 

94,721

 

 

 

5,000

 

473,606

 

 

 

United Bank of India

 

99,387

 

 

 

2,500

 

248,468

 

 

 

Syndicate Bank

 

97,963

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,907

 

 

 

Punjab National Bank

 

97,927

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,818

 

 

 

Canara Bank

 

97,844

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,612

 

 

 

HDFC Bank Limited

 

97,773

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,433

 

 

 

Andhra Bank

 

97,701

 

 

 

2,500

 

244,252

 

 

 

State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur

 

97,448

 

 

 

2,500

 

243,620

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

456,942

 

 

 

2,432,600

 

 

123



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

12.  Statement of Utilisation of ADS Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

No of shares

 

Price

 

2011

 

2010

 

Amount raised through ADS
(6,156,250 ADSs @ $20.34 per ADS)

 

12,312,500

 

466

 

5,739,262

 

5,739,262

 

Share issue expenses

 

 

 

 

 

369,406

 

369,406

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

5,369,856

 

5,369,856

 

Deployment :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   Held as short term investments

 

 

 

 

 

593,040

 

883,399

 

2   Utilised for capital expenditure for office facilities

 

 

 

 

 

4,776,816

 

4,486,457

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

5,369,856

 

5,369,856

 

 

13.       Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has calculated the various benefits provided to employees as under:

 

A.            Defined Contribution Plans and State Plans

 

During the year the Company has recognized the following defined

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

contribution benefits in the Profit and Loss Account:

 

2011

 

2010

 

Superannuation Fund

 

22,109

 

21,899

 

Employer’s contribution to Employees’ State Insurance

 

8,331

 

6,771

 

Employer’s contribution to Employees’ Pension Scheme

 

24,908

 

63,825

 

Employer’s contribution to providend fund

 

296,280

 

211,198

 

Total

 

351,628

 

303,693

 

 

B.            Defined Benefit Plans

 

(i)            Gratuity Benefits

 

In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Patni provides for gratuity, a defined retirement plan covering all employees. The plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s defined portion of last salary and the years of employment with the Company.

 

Patni contributes each year to a gratuity fund based upon actuarial valuations performed by an actuary. The fund is administered by Patni through a trust set up for the purpose. All assets of the plan are owned by the Trust and comprise of approved debts and other securities and deposits with banks.

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

Amount recognized in Balance Sheet

 

2011

 

2010

 

Present Value of Obligations

 

458,586

 

375,534

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

(325,137

)

(268,558

)

Net Liability

 

133,449

 

106,976

 

Expense recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss Account

 

 

 

 

 

Current Service Cost

 

71,828

 

54,268

 

Interest on Defined Benefit Obligations

 

29,724

 

21,434

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

(19,293

)

(19,563

)

Net Actuarial Losses recognized in the year

 

41,547

 

6,332

 

Past Service Costs

 

 

34,073

 

Total included in “Personnel Cost”

 

123,806

 

96,544

 

 

124



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

13          Employee Benefit Plans (Contd.)

 

Changes in present value of Defined Benefit Obligations are as follows :

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Opening Defined Benefit Obligations

 

375,534

 

314,920

 

Current Service Cost

 

71,828

 

54,268

 

Interest Cost

 

29,724

 

21,434

 

Actuarial Losses/(Gain)

 

50,943

 

(4,941

)

Past service costs

 

 

34,073

 

Benefits Paid

 

(69,443

)

(44,220

)

Closing Defined Benefit Obligations

 

458,586

 

375,534

 

Opening Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

268,558

 

273,266

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

19,293

 

19,563

 

Actuarial Losses/(Gain)

 

9,395

 

(11,273

)

Contributions by Employer

 

94,053

 

31,167

 

Benefits Paid

 

(66,162

)

(44,165

)

Closing Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

325,137

 

268,558

 

Expected Employer’s Contribution Next Year

 

154,264

 

68,312

 

Plan assets have been invested in corporate bonds, mutual funds and Government of India securities

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assumptions at the Valuation Date

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate (p.a.)

 

8.20

%

7.65

%

Employee Turnover

 

 

 

Expected Rate of Return on Assets (p.a.)

 

7.50

%

7.50

%

Salary increase Rate (p.a.)

 

10% for first 2 years, 8% for next 3 years & 6% thereafter

 

10% for first 2 years, 8% for next 3 years & 6% thereafter

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

EXPERIENCE ADJUSTMENTS

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

 

261,896

 

296,451

 

313,877

 

375,534

 

458,586

 

Plan Assets

 

228,521

 

223,136

 

273,266

 

268,558

 

325,137

 

Deficit

 

(33,375

)

(73,315

)

(40,611

)

(106,976

)

(133,449

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities

 

3,993

 

1,550

 

(3,654

)

(19,490

)

52,406

 

Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets

 

(4,544

)

6,903

 

(1,543

)

(11,273

)

9,395

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

 

 

31 December

 

 

 

Composition of plan assets :

 

2011

 

%

 

2010

 

%

 

Central/State Government Securities

 

2,778

 

1

%

2,910

 

1

%

Investment in Government Securities based funds

 

186,607

 

57

%

91,957

 

34

%

Public Sector/Financial Institutions/ Bank bonds/Term deposits/ Rupee Bonds

 

135,752

 

42

%

173,691

 

65

%

 

 

325,137

 

100

%

268,558

 

100

%

 

(ii)        Pension Benefits

 

Two former founder directors of Patni India are entitled to receive pension benefits upon retirement or on termination from employment at the rate of 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible individual reaches the age of 65 years in respect and is payable to the respective individuals or the surviving spouse.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

13.       Employee Benefit Plans (Contd.)

 

In 2011, the Company settled the pension liability for one of the founder directors by purchasing non-participating annuity contract. The funding discharges the Company of all future pension obligations to this individual.

 

For the other founder director, the payment of pension will start when he reaches the age of 65. The Company has invested in a plan with Life Insurance Corporation of India which will mature at the time the founder director will reach the age of 65. Since the Company is obligated to fund the shortfall, if any, between annuity payable and the value of plan asset, the pension liability is actuarially valued at each balance sheet date.

 

With regard to former founder directors’ pension plans, the following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

Pension Benefits - Indian Directors

 

Amount to be recognized in Balance Sheet

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Present Value of Funded Obligations

 

53,808

 

112,747

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

(52,328

)

 

Net Liability

 

1,480

 

112,747

 

 

Expense recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss Account

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current Service Cost

 

 

 

Interest on Defined Benefit Obligations

 

8,391

 

7,996

 

Net Actuarial Gains recognized in the Year

 

(2,756

)

(14,271

)

Total included in “Personnel cost”

 

5,635

 

(6,275

)

 

Change in Defined Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Opening Defined Benefit Obligations

 

112,747

 

125,133

 

Interest Cost

 

8,391

 

7,996

 

Actuarial Gain

 

(2,756

)

(14,271

)

Benefits Paid*

 

(64,574

)

(6,111

)

Closing Defined Benefit Obligations

 

53,808

 

112,747

 

Expected Employer’s Contribution Next Year

 

 

6,111

 

Opening Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Return on Plan Assets

 

 

 

Actuarial Gain/(Losses)

 

 

 

Contributions by Employer

 

52,328

 

 

Benefits Paid

 

 

 

Closing Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

52,328

 

 

 


*This represents amount paid for purchase of non participating annuity contract for a Founder Director.

 

Financial Assumptions at the Valuation Date

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate (p.a.)

 

7.00

%

7.65

%

Salary increase Rate (p.a.)

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

EXPERIENCE ADJUSTMENTS

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

 

101,831

 

134,821

 

125,133

 

112,747

 

53,808

 

Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

(52,328

)

Deficit

 

(101,831

)

(134,821

)

(125,133

)

(112,747

)

(1,480

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities

 

(2,741

)

1,188

 

 

(1,067

)

(7,116

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

13.       Employee Benefit Plans (Contd.)

 

A former founder and executive director with Patni USA is entitled to receive pension benefits upon retirement or on termination from employment at the rate of 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible individual reaches the age of 71 years and is payable to the respective individual or the surviving spouse. In 2011, the Company settled the pension liability by funding non participating annuity contract. The funding discharges the Company of all future pension obligations to this individual.

 

(ii)             Pension Benefits - US Director

 

Amount to be recognized in Balance Sheet

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Present Value of Unfunded Obligations

 

 

429,020

 

Amounts in Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for pension

 

 

429,020

 

 

Expense recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss Account

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current Service Cost

 

4,153

 

10,060

 

Interest on Defined Benefit Obligations

 

7,330

 

17,301

 

Settlement

 

12,680

 

 

Net Actuarial Losses recognized in the Year

 

39,279

 

27,243

 

Total included in “Personnel Cost”

 

63,442

 

54,604

 

 

Change in Defined Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Opening Defined Benefit Obligations

 

429,020

 

374,416

 

Current Service Cost

 

4,153

 

10,060

 

Interest Cost

 

7,330

 

17,301

 

Actuarial Losses

 

39,279

 

27,243

 

Settlement

 

12,680

 

 

 

 

492,462

 

429,020

 

Amount paid for non participating annuity contract

 

492,462

 

 

Closing Defined Benefit Obligations

 

 

429,020

 

Financial Assumptions at the Valuation Date

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate (p.a.)

 

 

4.50

%

Salary increase Rate (p.a.)

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

EXPERIENCE ADJUSTMENTS

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

 

279,570

 

348,079

 

374,416

 

429,020

 

 

Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit

 

(279,570

)

(348,079

)

(374,416

)

(429,020

)

 

Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities

 

(36,441

)

47,990

 

632

 

(13,232

)

(10,680

)

Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127



Table of Contents

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

 

(Amounts in thousands of Indian Rupees)

 

14.  Delisting process

 

On 16 November 2011, Pan Asia and iGATE Global, subsidiaries of the Company, announced that they were initiating the process of voluntarily delisting the equity shares of Patni from the Indian Stock Exchanges namely, the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”) and the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (“BSE”), and the American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) from the New York Stock Exchange(“NYSE”), by way of postal ballot pursuant to the provisions of Section 192A (2) of the Companies Act, 1956 read with the Companies (Passing of the Resolutions by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2011.

 

The Postal Ballot closed at 5:00 p.m IST on 6 January 2012 and the Special Resolution contained in the Postal Ballot Notice dated 5 December 2011 was duly passed by the requisite majority as required under Section 189(2) of the Companies Act, 1956, Regulation 8(1) (b) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009 (“Delisting Regulations”) as well as the applicable rules of the NYSE and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the U. S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, all as amended from time to time.

 

The delisting offer (the “Delisting Offer”) involves a price discovery mechanism, which is known in India as a “Reverse Book Building Process.” The offer price (the “Offer Price”) (i.e., the price at which the Shares of the Public Shareholders are to be purchased pursuant to the Delisting Offer) is determined after establishment of a statutorily prescribed “floor price,” which is determined in accordance with Delisting Regulations. Accordingly, the floor price for the Delisting Offer of  356.74 per share was determined.

 

Pan Asia and iGATE Global may make a public announcement of a delisting offer in accordance with the Indian delisting regulations within a period of one year from the date of the above-mentioned shareholder approval.

 

If the delisting is successful and all the shares of Common Stock are tendered, iGATE’s beneficial ownership in Patni is expected to increase from approximately 80.38% to 100%. Upon delisting being successful, public trading of the Patni shares of Common Stock on the BSE and the NSE and ADSs on the NYSE will cease. The promoters also will seek to cause the Common Stock of Patni to be deregistered under the Exchange Act.

 

As the sole shareholder of Patni, iGATE will receive the benefit of the right to participate in any and all future increases in Patni’s value and will bear the complete risk of any and all losses incurred in the operation of Patni and any decreases in Patni’s value.

 

Upon completion of the delisting, Patni’s public shareholders who tender their shares of Common Stock will not bear the risks of potential decreases in the value of their holdings in Patni based on any downturns in Patni’s future performance. Under the delisting, Patni‘s public shareholders will receive a single cash price for their shares of Common Stock (including those represented by ADSs which are converted into Common Stock).

 

15.  Prior year comparatives

 

Previous years figures have been appropriately reclassified / regrouped to conform to the current year’s presentation. The figures of previous year were audited by a firm of Chartered Accountants other than S.R. Batliboi & Associates.

 

For S.R. Batliboi & Associates

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of

Firm registration number: 101049W

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

Chartered Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

per Kalpesh Jain

 

Phaneesh Murthy

 

Arun Duggal

Partner

 

CEO & Managing Director

 

Director

Membership No.: 106406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ananth Nayak

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

Principal Finance Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Mumbai, India

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

25 January 2012

 

25 January 2012

 

 

 

128



Table of Contents

 

Risk Management

 

This section on Risk Management discusses the various aspects of Risk Management Framework existing in the Company. Readers are cautioned that the risk related information outlined here is not exhaustive and is for information purposes only. Readers are advised to exercise their own judgment in assessing the risk associated with the Company and refer to the risk in the Company’s previous annual reports and filings with the Stock Exchanges in India and the Security and Exchange Commission in U.S.

 

Framework

 

The Company has adopted a risk management framework that enables continuous identification, assessment, monitoring and management of the organization’s risks. The Audit Committee of the Board monitors the risk management framework and provides direction to the management. The mitigation plan is designed based on management’s response to the assessed risks. The risk framework seeks to address the following key risks.

 

Business Risks

 

Being the driver of the Company’s strategy, the top management is acquainted with the risks inherent to the software development business and the risks emerging from its strategic decisions. Top management plays a significant role in addressing business risks. These risks can be classified as follows:

 

Client Concentration

 

A significant proportion of the Company’s revenues are derived from a limited number of customers in a few selected industries. In 2009, 2010 and 2011 our top ten clients accounted for 49.7%, 48.8% and 46.0% of our revenues, respectively. Revenues from clients in top 10 grew by 2% whereas outside the top 10 grew by 14.1% in 2011 as compared to 2010. The Company is making conscious efforts to diversify its customer base, thereby reducing the share of business with few limited customers.

 

Country Concentration

 

The Company primarily derives its revenues from the U.S & Europe geographies. Our U.S. based revenues grew by 5.4% whereas revenues from Europe grew by 30% in 2011. With slowdown in the global economy, technology spending by clients may be reduced or postponed. This may negatively impact the Company’s business. The Company continues to focus on market expansion in Europe, Japan, Asia-Pacific and other regions. The following is the geography-wise break-up of revenues:

 

 

Scanning the Competitive Environment

 

The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. It faces competition from Indian IT service companies, multinational IT service companies, in-house IT departments, consulting firms, offshore service providers in countries with

 

129



Table of Contents

 

low wage costs such as China, Philippines, countries in Eastern Europe and Latin America; and involvement of third party intermediaries who negotiate IT services and outsourcing contracts on behalf of their clients. The Company has expanded in recent times its service offerings and industry expertise and broadened its geographic presence.

 

The Company strives to provide customers with superior solutions, by continuously developing technology intensive and innovative solutions. We believe innovation should be institutionalized so as to ensure our ability to help clients meet emerging challenges. We have a Research and Innovation group involved in our research and development activity initiatives, which also provides analysis on the trends in client requirements and evolving needs.

 

Business Models and Structure

 

The Company offers a wide spectrum of services in several industry and technology practices. The Company is continuously working towards enhancing the number of industry segments and service lines to manage revenue concentration and excessive dependence on any one industry practice, technology practice or service lines. The Company has a dedicated enterprise risk management team that focuses on project delivery risks. It identifies the critical projects and monitors the delivery risks faced in relation to such projects.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company’s business is spread across various geographies governed by local laws in which they are incorporated and operate. The Company acquires several new customers each year for which it undertakes suitable credit assessments to secure itself from credit defaults and bad debts on account of such customers.

 

Integration Risk

 

Integration of our operations with that of iGATE posed certain challenges primarily covering aspects like cultures of both the organizations, retention of key executives, increase in attrition rate, retention of customer base, and other related integration concerns. Recognizing the importance of Integration as one of the pre-requisites for success of Patni’s acquisition by iGATE, leaders of both companies came together to drive the integration process. An Integration Steering Committee and an Integration Management Office was formed and six tracks were identified as key integration areas. With adequate attention to culture aspects as well, the organization achieved objectives set for it to function as a seamless entity.

 

Existence and Adequacy of Internal Controls

 

The Company has a well defined internal control system that is adequate and commensurate with the size and nature of its business. Clear roles, responsibilities and authorities, coupled with robust internal information systems, ensure appropriate information flow to facilitate effective monitoring. Adequate controls are established to ensure that assets of the Company are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with documented policies. Compliance with the above policies is monitored through regular internal audits of processes as well as underlying transactions. The Company has a Corporate Risk Management team that focuses on internal controls and internal audits, besides engaging independent audit firms as internal auditors. The Audit Committee approves Annual Internal Audit Plan and periodically reviews their reports and recommendations. Action plans are agreed with the process owners to facilitate proper implementation of the recommendations.

 

Risks Emerging from Nature of Financial Operations

 

Foreign Exchange Fluctuations

 

The Company earns revenues in various currencies, with revenues in US dollars comprising the bulk, whereas a significant part of costs is in Indian Rupee. This exposes the Company to risks arising out of fluctuations in the foreign exchange rates, especially in case of USD-INR. The Company seeks to reduce effect of such risks by using hedging instruments such as currency forwards and options. The treasury team focuses on mitigating foreign exchange fluctuation risks in accordance with the Forex policy framed by the Audit Committee in this regard.

 

Liquidity Management

 

The Company’s cash reserves and liquid assets are managed through a dedicated treasury department. The investible surpluses are deployed in debt oriented investment avenues such as cash, liquid or short term debt funds, short tenure certificate of deposits etc. The company also invests in fixed maturity plans of various tenors. These investments are governed by prudential norms and Investment Policy framed by the Audit Committee in this regard. The Company is a nearly zero-debt Company except for a small exposure towards car lease.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risks

 

Conformity with Local Laws and Regulation

 

The Company has trans-national operations, with a global workforce. This requires it to ensure that its diverse workforce is sensitive to and compliant with local laws. The Company has processes to make the workforce aware of local employment laws and significant legal requirements pertaining to work practices.

 

The Company has issued ADRs in the US and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange since December 2005. The Company is exposed to regulatory requirements in the U.S. The Company engages consultants and legal firms at different locations where it has its operations for advice on various regulatory requirements.

 

Taxation

 

The Company has trans-national operations. The Company operates in various geographies and is exposed to international tax laws including various elements of payroll taxes in such geographies. The Company is suitably represented by competent tax experts in such geographies where it has its

 

130



Table of Contents

 

operations. The Company takes a proactive approach and engages experts and consultants before the operations are set-up, so as to be compliant from initial stages itself.

 

Business, Property and People Insurance

 

The Directors and Officers of the Company are exposed to risk arising out of their commitments, statements and decisions on behalf of the Company. The Company’s operation necessitates geographical spread of its Property and People. The Company has taken suitable insurance covers in respective geographies to ensure and mitigate such risks.

 

Contracts

 

Contractual risks may arise out of non-performance of contracts or any other breach in the contracts signed by the Company with its customers or other external entities. The Company has a centralized contract management cell that reviews contracts with the Company’s customers, key suppliers, business partners and associates. Suitable insurance covers including Errors & Omission and Commercial & General Liability have also been obtained.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company has developed a comprehensive approach to protect itself against infringement of Intellectual Property (IP). The IP may belong to its customers, third parties or even to the Company. Processes are in place to protect the Company’s IP from misuse by third parties. At the same time, the Company has controls in place to ensure that it is not exposed to risks associated with the misuse of IP or technology products owned by third parties. The Company ensures that only licensed software is used in all its facilities. Further, the Contracts cell ensures that IP related issues are given due consideration while executing agreements with customers or third parties.

 

Conducive Environment for Employee Retention and Development

 

The Company operates in a sector where human resources are the most critical resources and the attrition rates are high. It therefore faces the challenge of attracting and retaining professional and skilled talent to be able to continuously deliver a superior quality of service. The Company endeavors to attract and retain the best professional talent, by creating a professional work culture, by offering growth opportunities and by exposing employees to new technologies through on-going training programmes.

 

Technology Obsolescence, Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Planning

 

The Company could face challenges with its existing infrastructure such as unavailability of internet, voice and international links, power failures, network systems failures, etc. which could adversely impact the delivery of services. To overcome these challenges, each development centre is connected to the national backbone built with high speed multiple data links from multiple vendors. The national backbone is designed with state-of-the-art technologies and protocols. The Company has several links to US & UK Data Centers, using different routes provided by multiple service providers. Redundancy in air-conditioning equipment, UPS, generators, power supply, LAN & WAN equipment, links and 24x7 tracking & monitoring of IT infrastructure ensures that standby mechanisms take over immediately whenever any critical system breaks down. For mission critical systems and applications, the Company is using high end blade and cluster servers with built-in high availability and redundancy. Company has also deployed Virtualization technology to get advantage of better utilization of IT assets and efficient recovery of servers and applications. The Company has deployed multi tier security mechanism to protect Company’s IT infrastructure from malicious users. Multi-tier clustered firewalls and intrusion prevention and/or detection systems are in place at all internet gateways to ensure adequate safety to all the Company’s systems and to prevent hacking.

 

The Company has a Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Practice (DR/BCP) for all its operations. Periodic reviews are carried out to ensure that all the DR/BCP compliance requirements are met. The security audit and architecture organization was strengthened with adoption of the ISO 27001 standard for information security to further enhance the security processes. The Company has ensured un-interrupted power supply to all its development and data centers by deploying adequate redundant power sources to take care of power outages. The Company has deployed technologies like Storage Area Network (SAN) to ensure high availability of its own data.

 

131



Table of Contents

 

Patni World-wide

 

AMERICAS

 

DENMARK

 

SWITZERLAND

MEXICO

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Patni Computer Systems Limited

PCS Computer Systems Mexico, SA de CV

 

(Denmark Branch)

 

(Switzerland Branch)

Av. Prolongacion Tecnologico s/n

 

C/o Skatkon ApS

 

Seestrasse 131

Edificio Parque Tecnologico, 6to. Piso

 

OmØgade 8, 3

 

8027 Zurich

Fracc. San Pablo, C.P. 76130

 

2100 KØbenhavn Ø

 

Switzerland.

Querétaro, Qro., Mexico.

 

Denmark.

 

C/o Tel: +49 69 710 455 231

Tel: +52 442 290 6400

 

Tel: +44 20 8283 2300

 

C/o Fax: +49 69 710 455 450

Fax: +52 442 290 6436

 

Fax: +44 20 8759 9501

 

C/o E-mail: germany@igatepatni.com

E-mail: mexico@igatepatni.com

 

E-mail: denmark@igatepatni.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NETHERLANDS

U.S.A.

 

FINLAND

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

(Netherlands Branch)

One Broadway, 13th Floor

 

(Finland Branch)

 

Joop Geesinkweg 901-999

Cambridge, MA 02142.

 

Mannerheimintie 44A, 3rd Floor

 

1096 AZ Amsterdam

Tel: +1 617 914 8000

 

00260, Helsinki

 

The Netherlands.

Fax: +1 617 914 8200

 

Finland.

 

Tel: +31 20 5616063

E-mail: usa@igatepatni.com

 

Tel: +358 9 4730 7240

 

Fax: +31 20 5616666

 

 

Fax: +358 9 493 353

 

E-mail: nl@igatepatni.com

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

E-mail: finland@igatepatni.com

 

 

11260 Chester Road, Suite # 600

 

 

 

UAE

Spectrum Office Tower

 

GERMANY

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

Cincinnati, OH 45246.

 

Patni Computer Systems GmbH

 

(Dubai Branch)

Tel: +1 513 772 2072

 

Excellent Business Center

 

Office No- 232, 2nd Floor

Fax: +1 513 772 5082

 

Bockenheimer Landstraße 17/19

 

KML Business Centre

E-mail: usa@igatepatni.com

 

60325 Frankfurt am Main

 

Al Qouz, Dubai

 

 

Germany.

 

UAE.

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

Tel: +49 69 710 455 231

 

PO Box – 124097.

Harborside Plaza 5

 

Fax: +49 69 710 455 450

 

Tel: +971 4 3307647

Suite 2910, 29th Floor

 

E-mail: germany@igatepatni.com

 

Fax: +971 4 3306570

Jersey City, NJ 07311.

 

 

 

E-mail: dubai@igatepatni.com

Tel: +1 201 680 7600

 

IRELAND

 

 

Fax: +1 201 333 2180

 

Patni Computer Services Ltd.

 

UNITED KINGDOM

E-mail: usa@igatepatni.com

 

(Ireland Branch)

 

Patni Computer Systems (UK) Ltd.

 

 

3rd Floor, Behan House

 

The Patni Building

Patni Americas, Inc.

 

Lower Mount Street

 

264-270, Bath Road

16 Zane Grey

 

Dublin 2

 

Heathrow UB3 5JJ

Suite 250/300

 

Ireland.

 

United Kingdom.

El Paso, TX 79906.

 

Tel: +44 20 8283 2300

 

Tel: +44 20 8283 2300

Tel: +1 915 774 7001

 

Fax: +44 20 8759 9501

 

Fax: +44 20 8759 9501

Fax: +1 915 774 7099

 

E-mail: uk@igatepatni.com

 

E-mail: uk@igatepatni.com

E-mail: usa@igatepatni.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

ASIA-PACIFIC (APAC)

CHCS Services, Inc.

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

 

INDIA

411 N. Baylen Street

 

(South Africa Branch)

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

Pensacola, FL 32501.

 

2 Eglin Road, Sunning Hill

 

Ackruti Softech Park

Tel: +1 888 262 0952

 

Johannesburg 2157

 

MIDC Cross Road No. 21

Fax: +1 954 888 4889

 

South Africa.

 

Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 093

E-mail: usa@igatepatni.com

 

Tel: +27 83212 8681

 

India.

 

 

Fax: +27 11209 4505

 

Tel: +91 22 6693 0500

EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST, AFRICA

 

E-mail: sa@igatepatni.com

 

Fax: +91 22 2832 1750

(EMEA)

 

 

 

E-mail: mumbai@igatepatni.com

CZECH REPUBLIC

 

SWEDEN

 

 

Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o.

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

Praha 4

 

(Sweden Branch)

 

55, SDF II, SEEPZ

Hvezdova 1716/2b

 

Kungstensgatan 57

 

Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 096

PSC 140 00, Czech Republic.

 

113 59 Stockholm, Sweden.

 

India.

Tel: +44 20 8283 2300

 

Tel: + 46 8 50 66 57 20

 

Tel: +91 22 2829 1454

Fax: +44 20 8759 9501

 

Fax: + 46 8 50 66 57 29

 

Fax: +91 22 2829 1575

E-mail: uk@igatepatni.com

 

E-mail: sweden@igatepatni.com

 

E-mail: mumbai@igatepatni.com

 

132



Table of Contents

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

AUSTRALIA

Building No. 305, Sector No. II

 

Patni Knowledge Center

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

Millennium Business Park, Mahape

 

142 E&F, B Block

 

(Australia Branch)

Navi Mumbai 400 710

 

Noida Special Economic Zone (NSEZ)

 

Suite 202, 54 Miller Street

India.

 

Noida, 201 305

 

North Sydney, NSW 2060

Tel: +91 22 2778 3600

 

India.

 

Australia.

Fax: +91 22 2778 1086

 

Tel: +91 120 332 6000.

 

Tel: +61 2 8920 1122

E-mail: mumbai@igatepatni.com

 

Fax: +91 120 332 4799

 

Fax: +61 2 8920 1622

 

 

E-mail: noida@igatepatni.com

 

E-mail: australia@igatepatni.com

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

 

 

 

Patni Knowledge Park

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

CHINA

IT 1 / IT 2, TTC Industrial Area

 

A-78/9, GIDC Electronics Estate

 

Patni Computer Systems (Suzhou) Ltd.

Thane-Belapur Road, Airoli

 

Sector 25, Gandhinagar 382 016

 

Building No.3, Suzhou Software &

Navi Mumbai 400 708

 

Gujarat, India.

 

Technology Park, No.2 Keling Road

India.

 

Tel: +91 79 2328 7000

 

SND Suzhou – 215163, China.

Tel: + 91 22 3917 5000

 

Fax: +91 79 2328 7007

 

Tel: +86 (512) 6661 6666

Fax: +91 22 3917 5002

 

E-mail: gnr@igatepatni.com

 

Fax: +86 (512) 6661 6668

E-mail: airoli@igatepatni.com

 

 

 

E-mail: china@igatepatni.com

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.
Unit 5-8, Electronic Sadan III,

 

A-201 & 202, Bldg # 1, Mindspace SEZ
Koba, Gandhinagar 382 009

 

Patni Computer Systems Software (Dalian) Co. Ltd.

MIDC Bhosari, Pune 411 026
India.

 

Gujarat, India.
Tel: +91 79 4038 1100

 

502B, 269 Wuyi Road, Sha He Kou District
Dalian 116000, China.

Tel: +91 20 2710 5000

 

Fax: +91 79 2328 7007

 

Tel: +86 (411) 8473 6166

Fax: +91 20 2712 1882

 

E-mail: gnr@igatepatni.com

 

C/o Fax: +86 (512) 6661 6668

E-mail: pune@igatepatni.com

 

 

 

E-mail: china@igatepatni.com

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Plot No: 155-156 (P), 158-162(P) & 165(P)-

 

 

Level 0,1,2,5 & 6 Tower III

 

170(P), EPIP Phase II, Whitefield

 

JAPAN

Cyber City, Magarpatta City

 

Bengaluru, 560 066, India.

 

Patni Computer Systems Japan Inc.

Hadapsar, Pune 411 013

 

Tel: +91 80 4104 0000

 

Ichigaya UN Building 2F

India.

 

Fax: +91 80 4125 9090

 

4-3-8, Kudan-Kita, Chiyoda-ku

Tel.: +91 20 3984 2000

 

E-mail: bengaluru@igatepatni.com

 

Tokyo 102-0073, Japan.

Fax: +91 20 3984 2082

 

 

 

Tel: +81 3 3222 8031

E-mail: pune@igatepatni.com

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Fax: +81 3 3222 8030

 

 

Sipcot IT Park

 

E-mail: japan@igatepatni.com

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Old Mahabalipuram Road

 

 

Level 4 Tower VIII

 

Siruseri, Chennai 603 103

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

SEZ Magarpatta City

 

India.

 

(Japan Branch)

Hadapsar, Pune 411 013

 

Tel: +91 44 4744 4444

 

Ichigaya UN Building 2F

India.

 

Fax: +91 44 4744 4445

 

4-3-8, Kudan-Kita, Chiyoda-ku

Tel.: +91 20 3984 2000

 

E-mail: chennai@igatepatni.com

 

Tokyo 102-0073, Japan.

Fax: +91 20 3984 2082

 

 

 

Tel: +81 3 3222 8031

E-mail: pune@igatepatni.com

 

Patni Telecom Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

 

Fax: +81 3 3222 8030

 

 

Maximus Towers ‘2B’, III & IV Floors

 

E-mail: japan@igatepatni.com

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

Raheja Mindspace IT Park

 

 

Patni Knowledge Center

 

Software Units Layout,

 

SINGAPORE

139, 140, A Block

 

Madhapur, Hyderabad 500 081

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

Noida Special Economic Zone (NSEZ)

 

India.

 

61 Robinson Road

Noida, 201 305

 

Tel: +91 40 3071 5000

 

#16-02 Robinson Centre

India.

 

Fax: +91 40 3071 5001

 

Singapore 068893.

Tel: +91 120 332 6000

 

E-mail: hyd@igatepatni.com

 

Tel: +65 6602 6600

Fax: +91 120 332 6200

 

 

 

Fax: +65 6602 6610

E-mail: noida@igatepatni.com

 

Patni Computer Systems Ltd.

 

E-mail: singapore@igatepatni.com

 

 

5Q4-A1 & A2, Cyber Towers

 

 

 

 

Hitec City, Madhapur

 

Patni (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

 

 

Hyderabad 500 081

 

438B Alexandra Road

 

 

India.

 

Unit #01-02 Alexandra Techno Park

 

 

Tel: +91 40 4488 6000

 

Singapore119968.

 

 

Fax: +91 40 4488 6002

 

Tel: +65 6602 6600

 

 

E-mail: hyd@igatepatni.com

 

Fax: +65 6602 6610

 

 

 

 

E-mail: singapore@igatepatni.com

 

133



Table of Contents

 

Corporate Information

 

Board of Directors

 

Auditors to the Company

Mr. Jai S Pathak, Chairman (Independent Director)

 

S.R. Batliboi & Associates

Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

 

14th Floor, The Ruby

Mr. Göran Lindahl, Non-Executive Director

 

29 Senapati Bapat Marg

Mr. Shashank Singh, Non-Executive Director

 

Dadar (West), Mumbai - 400 028

Mr. Arun Duggal, Independent Director

 

India.

Mr. Vimal Bhandari, Independent Director

 

Tel: +91 22 6192 0000

 

 

Fax: +91 22 6192 1000

Company Secretary

 

 

Mr. Arun Kanakal

 

Registered Office

 

 

Level II, Tower 3, Cybercity,

Bankers

 

Magarpatta City, Hadapsar

Standard Chartered Bank

 

Pune - 411 013

90 M G Road, Fort

 

India.

Mumbai - 400 001

 

Tel: +91 20 3984 2000

India.

 

Fax: +91 20 3984 2082

 

 

 

Registrars and Transfer Agents

 

Mumbai Office

Karvy Computershare Private Limited

 

Ackruti Softech Park,

Plot No. 17-24

 

MIDC Cross Road No. 21

Vittal Rao Nagar, Madhapur

 

Andheri (E), Mumbai - 400 093

Hyderabad - 500 081

 

India.

India.

 

Tel: +91 22 6693 0500

Tel: +91 40 2342 0815-820

 

Fax: +91 22 2832 1750

Fax: +91 40 2342 0814

 

E-mail: investors.redressal@igatepatni.com

E-mail: igkcpl@karvy.com

 

 

 

134



Table of Contents

 

Notes

 



Table of Contents

 

Notes

 



Table of Contents

 

 

 

www.igatepatni.com

 



Table of Contents

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED

Regd. Office: Level II, Tower 3,Cybercity, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 013. India

 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

 

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Thirty Fourth Annual General Meeting of the Members of Patni Computer Systems Limited will be held at Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune - 411 001 on Tuesday, 10 April 2012, at 3:00 p.m. to transact the following business:

 

Ordinary Business:

 

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors of the Company be and is hereby authorised to take all such actions as may be required to give effect to this resolution.”

 

By Order of the Board

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

25 January 2012   

Vice President & Company Secretary

 

1.      To receive, consider and adopt the audited Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2011 and the Profit & Loss Account for the year ended on that date and the reports of the Directors and the Auditors thereon.

 

2.      To appoint a director in place of Mr. Shashank Singh, who retires by rotation and being eligible, offers himself for re-appointment.

 

3.      To appoint a director in place of Mr. Göran Lindahl, who retires by rotation and being eligible, offers himself for re-appointment.

 

4.      To reappoint Auditors to hold office from conclusion of this Meeting to the conclusion of next Annual General Meeting and to fix their remuneration.

 

Special Business:

 

5.      Appointment of Branch Auditors

 

To consider and if thought fit, to pass with or without modification(s), the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

 

“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of sub-section 3 of Section 228 and other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies Act, 1956, the Board of Directors be and is hereby authorized to re-appoint M/s. Revideco AB, Authorized Public Accountants, as Sweden Branch Auditors to hold office from the conclusion of this Meeting to the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting and to fix their remuneration for auditing the accounts of the Company’s branch office at Sweden for the year ended 31 December 2012.”

 

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT that pursuant to the provisions of Section 228 of the Companies Act 1956 and other applicable provisions, if any, the Board of Directors of the Company be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time, in consultation with the Company’s Auditors, any person qualified to act as the Branch Auditor(s) of the Company within the provisions of Section 228 of the Companies Act, 1956, to carry out the audit of the accounts of the branch office(s) which may be opened hereinafter in India or abroad and to fix the remuneration of such Branch Auditors.”

 

6.      Payment of remuneration made to non-executive directors during the year 2008

 

To consider and if thought fit, to pass with or without modification(s), the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

 

“RESOLVED THAT subject to the approval of the Central Government pursuant to sub-section 5B of section 309 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 (“the Act”), if any, the consent of the Members of the Company be and is hereby accorded for waiver from recovery of remuneration of  19,550,636 each already paid/provision made towards the pension liability of Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni, Ex-non executive directors, exceeding the limits prescribed under section 309 of the Act, during the year 2008 in accordance to the terms of their respective employment agreements.

 

 

Ackruti Softech Park

MIDC Cross Road No.21

MIDC, Andheri (East)

Mumbai - 400 093.

 

Notes:

 

1.      The Explanatory Statement, pursuant to Section 173 of the Companies Act, 1956, in respect of the business under Item Nos. 5 & 6, is annexed hereto.

 

2.      A MEMBER ENTITLED TO ATTEND AND VOTE IS ENTITLED TO APPOINT A PROXY TO ATTEND AND VOTE INSTEAD OF HIMSELF AND THE PROXY NEED NOT BE A MEMBER.

 

The Instrument appointing a Proxy, to be effective, must be duly filled, stamped and signed and must reach the Company’s Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the Meeting.

 

3.      The Register of Members and the Share Transfer Books of the Company will be closed from 3 April 2012 to 10 April 2012 (both days inclusive) for the purpose of ensuing Annual General Meeting.

 

All correspondence regarding shares of the Company should be addressed to the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer Agent (“R & T Agent”), Karvy Computershare Private Limited, (Unit: Patni Computer Systems Limited) at Plot No.17—24, Vittal Rao Nagar, Madhapur, Hyderabad - 500 081.

 

4.      Members may avail of the facility for making nominations by nominating, in the prescribed form, a person to whom Member’s shares in the Company shall vest in the event of Member’s death. Interested Members may write to the Company / R & T Agent for the prescribed form.

 

5.      Members who wish to claim Dividends, which remain unclaimed, are requested to approach the Company / the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer Agent, Karvy Computershare Private Limited, (Unit: Patni Computer Systems Limited) at Plot No.17—24, Vittal Rao Nagar, Madhapur, Hyderabad - 500 081. Members are requested to note that dividends not encashed or claimed within seven years from the date of transfer to the Company’s Unpaid Dividend Account, will, as per Section 205A of the Companies Act, 1956, be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund(“IEPF”). Members who have not yet encashed their dividend warrant(s) for the financial year ended 31 December 2004 are requested to make their claims without any delay. It may be noted that the unclaimed dividend for the said financial year will be transferred to IEPF in July 2012.

 

6.      Queries, if any, on Accounts and Operations of the Company, may please be sent to the Company’s Mumbai Office mentioned above seven days in advance of the Meeting so that the answers may be made available at the Meeting.

 

7.      Members are requested to bring their personal copy of the Annual Report to the Meeting.

 

8.      The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has taken a green initiative by permitting companies to send various documents like notices, annual

 

1



Table of Contents

 

reports including annual accounts etc. to its Members through electronic mode. Keeping in spirit with the said initiative, we request you to register/update your email addresses with your respective Depository Participants in case of shares held in dematerialized form and with R & T Agent - M/s Karvy Computershare Private Limited in case of shares held in physical form. Your Company supports this green initiative and proposes to send all permitted communications electronically to the preferred email addresses of the Members.

 

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT

 

Pursuant to Section 173(2) of the Companies Act, 1956

 

The following Explanatory Statement sets out all material facts relating to Item Nos. 5 & 6 of the accompanying Notice of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 10 April 2012.

 

Item No. 5

 

The Company has a branch office in Sweden. The Company had appointed M/s. Revideco AB, Authorized Public Accountants, as Auditors of the Sweden Branch as per requirements of Swedish law, until the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting. It is proposed to re-appoint them as the Auditors for Sweden Branch. M/s. Revideco AB have confirmed their willingness to act as the Auditors, if appointed.

 

Pursuant to provisions of Section 228 (3) of the Companies Act, 1956, the Members of the Company in a general meeting can appoint a person having the requisite qualification (other than its statutory auditor) for audit of accounts of the branch office of the Company or alternatively can authorise the Board of Directors of the Company for making such appointment in consultation with the Company’s Auditors.

 

In view of these provisions, the approval of the Members is also being sought for authorizing the Board of Directors to appoint Branch Auditors of the Company from time to time for the branch office(s) of the Company which may be opened hereafter in India or abroad, and also to fix their remuneration.

 

Accordingly, it is proposed to seek the approval of the members as per the resolution proposed.

 

The Board recommends the resolution for your approval.

 

None of the Directors of the Company are concerned or interested in the resolution.

 

Item No. 6

 

Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni, were Executive Directors of the Company till October 2007 who were paid remuneration as per their respective terms of appointment which were also approved by the shareholders of the Company at the 28th Annual General Meeting held on 21 June 2006. It may be noted that one of the terms of the appointment of Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni included the payment of pension.

 

Accordingly, when they ceased to be Executive Directors in October 2007, a total provision for a pension of  39,101,272 was made in accounts as per the terms of their appointments. The total remuneration to non-executive directors in the year ended 2008, including the abovementioned provision for pension was  73,067,620 (excluding sitting fees of  940,000) which was 1.94% of the profits under section 198 of the Companies Act, 1956 (“the Act”) and was in excess of the limits prescribed under section 309 of the Act. However, these payments were made as per their terms of appointments which were earlier approved by the Members of the Company. Please also note that both Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni were ceased to be directors of the Company w.e.f. 8 February 2011 and 12 May 2011 respectively.

 

In view of the above, the Company proposes to make an application to the Central Government to seek the waiver of recovery of excess remuneration provided for Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni during the year 2008.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company at its meeting held on 25 January 2012 has, subject to the approval of the Members of the Company and the Central Government under section 309 (5B) of the Act and any other applicable provisions, accorded its consent for waiver from recovery of excess amount as described herein above which were already paid/

 

provided towards pension payment of Mr. Gajendra K Patni and Mr. Ashok K Patni, Ex-non Executive Directors of the Company during the financial year 2008 as mentioned herein which was in excess of the limits prescribed under section 309 of the Act.

 

Accordingly, it is proposed to seek the approval of the Members as per the resolution proposed.

 

The Board recommends the resolution for your approval.

 

None of the Directors of the Company are concerned or interested in the resolution.

 

For Patni Computer Systems Limited

 

Arun Kanakal

Vice President & Company Secretary

 

25 January 2012

 

ANNEXURE TO ITEM NOS. 2 & 3

 

Details of Directors seeking re-appointment at the Annual General Meeting

 

Mr. Shashank Singh, aged 35 years (DoB: 3 June 1976), has been a Director of the Company since February 2011. Mr. Singh has an MBA from Harvard Business School, from which he graduated as a Baker Scholar. He also has a first class degree in economics from Cambridge University, and a BA (Honours) with distinction from St. Stephen’s College (University of Delhi).

 

Mr. Singh is the Partner and Co-Head of the India office of Apax Partners, having helped to start the office in 2007. Shashank joined Apax in 2004 in London, where he specialised in Tech & Telecom deals. Shashank has led or participated in a number of deals at Apax including iGATE Patni, TIM Hellas/Q-Telecom, Weather Investments, TDC, Bezeq and Synetrix. Prior to joining Apax Partners, Mr. Singh was a strategy consultant with Monitor Company, where he advised clients in the telecoms and high technology sectors. He also acts as an observer on the Board of iGATE Corporation.

 

Mr. Singh is not a relative of any of the Directors of the Company.

 

Mr. Singh is the Chairman of the Shareholders’ / Investors’ Grievance Committee of the Company.

 

As on date, Mr. Singh neither holds any shares in the Company nor has any options granted to him under Company’s Stock Options Scheme.

 

Mr. Göran Lindahl, aged 66 years (DoB: 28 April 1945), has been a Director of the Company since May 2011. Mr. Lindahl earned a master’s degree in electrical engineering from Chalmers University of Technology in Gothenburg, Sweden. Mr. Lindahl also received an Honorary Doctorate Degrees, D.Sc. and Ph.D.

 

Mr. Lindahl was the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Global Technology and Engineering Group ABB, headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, from 1 January, 1997 to 31 December, 2000 and spent more than thirty years in various positions within ABB. He previously held a number of management positions in research and marketing and has been a global business area manager and president of several ABB companies. He is the chairman of Avinode Holdings AB, IKEA GreenTech AB and LivSafe Group. In addition, he serves on the boards of directors of iGate Corporation and INGKA Holding BV (IKEA) and various other private non-public companies and advisory boards.

 

Mr. Lindahl is not a relative of any of the Directors of the Company.

 

Mr. Lindahl is not a Member of any Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

As on date, Mr. Lindahl neither holds any shares in the Company nor has any options granted to him under Company’s Stock Options Scheme.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED Regd. Office: Level II, Tower 3,Cybercity, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 013. India Proxy Form DP ID* Ledger Folio No. Client ID* No. of shares held I/We of being a Member(s) of the abovenamed Company, hereby appoint or failing him of as my/our proxy to attend and vote for me/us on my/our behalf at the THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company at Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune 411 001, to be held on Tuesday, 10 April 2012, at 3.00 p.m. or at any adjournment thereof. Signed this day of, 2012. * Applicable to Members holding shares in electronic form. (Signature of the Member) Note: This form, duly completed and signed, should be deposited at the Registered Office of the Company not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the Meeting. PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED Regd. Office: Level II, Tower 3,Cybercity, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 013. India Attendance Slip To be handed over at the entrance of the Meeting Hall DP ID* Ledger Folio No. Client ID* No. of shares held Full Name of the Member attending (IN BLOCK LETTERS): Full Name of Proxy (IN BLOCK LETTERS): (To be filled in if Proxy attends instead of the Member) I hereby record my presence at the THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company at Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune 411 001, on Tuesday, 10 April 2012, at 3.00 p.m. (Signature of the Member) *Applicable to Members holding shares in electronic form. (To be signed at the time of handing over this slip) Note: Members are requested to bring their copies of the Annual Report to the Meeting.

 

 

 


 


 

. FOLD AND DETACH HERE Please mark your votes as indicated in this example X FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN Mark Here for Address Change or Comments SEE REVERSE Patni Computer Systems Limited WO# 19948 NOTE: Please sign as name appears hereon. Joint owners should each sign. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. Signature Signature Date RESTRICTED SCAN LINE AREA Ordinary Business: 1. To receive, consider and adopt the audited Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2011 and the Profit & Loss Account for the year ended on that date and the reports of the Directors and the Auditors thereon. 2. To appoint a director in place of Mr. Shashank Singh, who retires by rotation and being eligible, offers himself for re-appointment. 3. To appoint a director in place of Mr. Göran Lindahl, who retires by rotation and being eligible, offers himself for re-appointment. 4. To reappoint Auditors to hold office from conclusion of this Meeting to the conclusion of next Annual General Meeting and to fix their remuneration. Special Business: 5. Appointment of Branch Auditors 6. Payment of remuneration made to non-executive directors during the year 2008 Voting on this proxy card is by reference to the Notice of Meeting for the Annual General Meeting dated January 25, 2012, issued by the Company. For a copy of the annual report and financial statements please go to www.igatepatni.com.

 


 

. FOLD AND DETACH HERE THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON PO BOX 3549 S HACKENSACK NJ 07606-9249 Address Change/Comments (Mark the corresponding box on the reverse side) (Continued and to be marked, dated and signed, on the other side) WO# 19948 PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED Instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary (Must be received prior to 5:00 PM (New York time) on April 2, 2012) The undersigned registered holder of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) hereby requests and instructs The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, to endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of shares or other Deposited Securities represented by such ADSs of Patni Computer Systems Limited registered in the name of the undersigned on the books of the Depositary as of the close of business on March 1, 2012 (ADS Record Date) at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of Patni Computer Systems Limited to be held on Tuesday, April 10, 2012 at Hotel Le Meridien, R.B.M. Road, Behind Pune Railway Station, Pune – 411001, India in respect of the resolutions specified on the reverse. NOTES: 1. Please direct the Depositary how it is to vote by placing X in the appropriate box opposite the resolution.

 

 


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

PATNI COMPUTER SYSTEMS LIMITED

 

 

Dated: March 21, 2012

By:

/s/ ARUN KANAKAL

 

 

 

Arun Kanakal

 

 

 

Vice President & Company Secretary